Global Brand Local Service

Jacks - Pumps - Cutters - Presses - Cylinders - Puller kits - Spreaders - Pipe benders
Torque tools - Bolt tensioners - Nut splitters - Hole punchers

Moving skates - Crimping tools - Hydrotest pumps - Toughlift jacking systems
Global Brand
Local Service
HI-FORCE COMPANY INFORMATION
2
A
In addition to this new 2012 catalogue, other product specific and condensed catalogues are available in
several languages including Chinese, Dutch, English (both in imperial and metric), French, German, Italian,
Norwegian, Portuguese, Russian, Slovakian and Spanish. To request copies of our catalogue(s) contact
your local sales representative, or alternatively you can access our catalogues online! Simply go to
www.hi-force.com.
To support our valued customers through the design, manufacture and supply of first class products and
services of exceptional quality, to assist them to gain competitive advantage in their markets.
To sustain our vision and mission by constantly seeking improvement via continuous education and
learning, and the application of the best available technology and business practices.
To provide a pleasant, nurturing and growth orientated environment, which encourages our employees to
be highly productive and to grow both personally and professionally.
To develop diversified markets, that provide stability, and adequate financial returns and allow us to
achieve our vision and provide opportunities for existing and future employees.
OUR MISSION STATEMENT
HI-FORCE CATALOGUES
Hi-Forcedesigns andmanufactures acomprehensiverangeof hydraulictools andboltingequipment,suitableforawiderangeof applications Hi-Forcedesigns andmanufactures acomprehensiverangeof hydraulictools andboltingequipment,suitableforawiderangeof applications
m o c . t f i l h g u o t . w w w m o c . t h g i r t l o b . w w w m o c . s e l a s - s e h . w w w : s e t i s b e W e t a r o p r o C r e h t O
Last updated: 17-03-2011
Contact the webmaster
The new 2010 Hi-Force Hydraulic Tools
Catalogue which has been designed
and produced in house by the
Hi-Force UK marketing department, is
by far the biggest and best ever
offering from Hi-Force.
Packed full of product and technical
information, the NEW catalogue has
an extra 64 pages and over 250 NEW
products, compared to the earlier
summer 2007 edition, which is further
testament to the tremendous growth
that is taking place at Hi-Force
worldwide.
Click here to download
This or other catalogues
On Thursday 22nd J uly 2010 a
formal building handover
ceremony was held in the
reception of our new Group
Headquarters in Daventry. The
ribbon cutting ceremony was
carried out by the chairman of
Daventry District Council.
He expressed how proud the
Council is that manufacturing in
Daventry, by companies like
Hi-Force, cleary demonstrated
the exceptional skill set of
employees, available in the local
area. During his acceptance of
the building speech Kevin Brown,
Group Managing Director of
Hi-Force also ...
read and see more
Quick links to some of our new products :
Toughlift : Self-contained jacking systems for material haulers
HPC : Hydraulic pull cylinders
HAS: Lightweight aluminium cylinders
HSP: Electric driven, multi-outlet split flow pumps
DNS: Double acting hydraulic nut splitters
BW : Mechanical backup wrenches
Check out the Hi-Force Website for the latest company and product information.
HI-FORCE WEBSITE
www.hi-force.com
Information about the company,
products, markets, quality and safety
Low height, multi-purpose, hollow piston, double
acting and high tonnage cylinders, sets & saddles
Manual, electric, air, petrol engine driven,
split flow electric pumps and accessories
Hoses, oil, pressure gauges, manifolds,
couplers, fittings and control valves
Manually operated and air driven
hydrotest pumps and accessories
Industrial aluminium jacks, compact jacks,
steel bottle jacks and machine lift low height jacks
Hole punchers, nut splitters, flange spreaders,
pipe benders, presses and skates
Hydraulic pullers, self-contained pullers
and puller kits
Manual, pneumatic and hydraulic torque
wrenches, multipliers, pumps and accessories
Hydraulic topside and sub-sea tensioners,
manual and air driven pumps and accessories
Equipment rental, on-site services,
maintenance and training
Replacement parts, Hi-Force contact details,
model number index
Hydraulic crimping tools, cable cutters,
chain cutters and wire rope cutters
Basic hydraulic principles, conversion
and torque value charts
General
Cylinders & Sets
Pumps
System Components
Hydrotest Pumps
Jacks
Tools
Puller Kits
Torque Tools
Bolt Tensioners
Services
Extras
Crimpers & Cutters
The Information Pages
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
ToughLift
ToughLift jacking systems and accessories
Tyre bead breakers
Pages
4 - 8
Pages
9 - 26
Pages
27 - 48
Pages
49 - 56
Pages
57 - 62
Pages
63 - 86
Pages
87 - 106
Pages
107 - 116
Pages
117 - 120
Pages
121 - 134
Pages
135 - 150
Pages
151 - 158
Pages
159 - 168
Pages
169 - 185
Pages
186 - 191
3
CONTENTS
4
A
Welcome to the Hi-Force 2012 catalogue comprising of 192 pages, packed full of product and technical
information from the fastest growing hydraulic tools manufacturer in the world today. Our continually
expanding Regional Office, Service Centre and Distribution network continue to fuel our desire to ensure
that Hi-Force products and after sales service support are both available to hydraulic tool users anywhere
in the world.
During the past 2 years we have continued to increase our stocks of product and spare parts and utilising
our fully integrated Global Logistics Management (GLM) system, ensure that users of our products
receive their Hi-Force tool requirements where they want them and most importantly when they need
them!
Hi-Force is and will continue to be a fiercely independent Company, managed by hard working
Shareholders & Directors, ably supported by a highly motivated and conscientious workforce, all of whom
retain the same passion, for success, that helped Hi-Force to produce its first hydraulic tools nearly
30 years ago.
ABOUT HI-FORCE, PRODUCTS & MARKETS
Represents Hi-Force
Regional Office
Represents authorised
Hi-Force Distributor
5
A
During the past three years Hi-Force has invested a significant amount of money in several state of the
art Mori Seiki CNC Machines. Our latest addition, a brand new 7 axis machine, capable of machining very
complex and critical parts accurately and efficiently, with zero defects time after time, was received in mid
2010 along with two additional turning centres, bringing our total fleet of production machines to 12.
Hi-Force is totally committed to manufacturing products of the highest quality, using the best machinery
available, to ensure that our products meet the most stringent quality requirements possible, whilst also
retaining a competitive price in the global market for hydraulic tools. Our research, development and
design office is working hard and continuing to expand, ensuring that our products remain at the leading
edge of currently available hydraulic tool technology.
In July 2010 our UK head office relocated to a brand new, state of the art facility in Daventry, UK. Our new
home, which is almost three times as big as our previous facilities, has enabled us to combine all of our
manufacturing and production facilities under one roof, alongside our sales, marketing, training,
assembly, logistics and administration departments. There is no doubt that the huge investment in
facilities, personnel, product design and manufacturing capabilities, that we are making today, will see
Hi-Force continue to grow at a significant rate over the coming years. With almost 30 years of hydraulic
tool manufacturing and technical sales experience in place, we believe that Hi-Force is certainly a company
that can be trusted with your current and future demands for hydraulic tools, safe in the knowledge that
when you need us we will be ready to support you worldwide, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days
per year.
6
A
Hi-Force products are in use every day in a wide variety of industries including Oil & Gas, Petrochemical
& Refining, Power Generation, Steel & Aluminium Plants, Paper Mills, Sugar Refineries, Railways, Mining,
Construction, Ship Building & Ship Repair, Aerospace, Defence, Heavy Engineering and the many
thousands of industrial service companies supporting these market sectors. Hi-Force hydraulic tools
continually satisfy the demands of industry during construction, production, breakdown and routine
shutdown repair and maintenance. Every year more and more companies continue to join the ever
growing list of satisfied Hi-Force hydraulic tool users.
We are very proud of our latest edition of the Hi-Force hydraulic tools catalogue which now includes over
1800 products. In addition to the large number of new products introduced during 2010, this catalogue
features tyre bead breakers, a pipe bender and additional models in the manual pump range.
Furthermore, our innovative BoltRight software, designed to accurately calculate the correct torque and
tension figures for a wide variety of bolted joints, is now available in multiple languages including Chinese,
Dutch, French, Italian, Portuguese and Russian with the addition of further language options an ongoing
process. The continuous expansion of the Hi-Force product range enables us to offer our valued
customers a one stop solution for all of their hydraulic tool requirements.
7
A
Hi-Force is fully committed to improving levels of technical capability, both within our own workforce and
also throughout our distributor network, and we believe that training is a key element to help us in
achieving our goals. Hi-Force continues to invest considerable time and money in the establishment of
first class technical sales and service training courses for both our distributors and product users.
Courses are held on a regular basis at our UK head office and at our regional offices worldwide.
Please contact your local Hi-Force office for further information.
Our Sales & Marketing teams provide the essential link between Hi-Force and our customers, to ensure
that our 30 years of expertise and experience continues to anticipate the needs of tomorrows market
today! Another key link with our customers is provided by our Regional Office service centres, each fully
equipped with the latest state of the art service, repair, calibration and testing facilities ensuring that
the after sales service provided for Hi-Force products is second to none in the industry. Additionally, over
the past few years many of our authorised distributors have established their own accredited Hi-Force
Service Centre, further enhancing the Hi-Force Global Brand, Local Service philosophy. The appointment
of additional strategically placed service centres, authorised by and compliant with Hi-Forces strict levels
of competence, is continuing year on year.
May I thank you on behalf of everyone at Hi-Force, for taking the time to read this section of our 2012
catalogue, which yet again has increased in size and product range compared to its predecessor.
I am confident that the products and technical information, detailed on the following pages, will greatly
assist you when selecting the most suitable Hi-Force tool for the application at hand. We are justifiably
very proud of our achievements to date, none of which could have been realised without the continued
support of our many customers and distributors worldwide. Be assured Hi-Force will continually strive to
improve in everything we do.
Kevin P. Brown
Group Managing Director
8
A
All Hi-Force products are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed the requirements of current
national and international standards and codes of practice, which are essential to ensure that Hi-Force
manufactures hydraulic tools and equipment of the highest possible quality, both today, and in the future.
All items are manufactured in accordance with the quality assurance requirements of ISO9001:2008 as
verified by our certificate of registration number A21 438.1, originally issued in January 1998 and valid
until November 2012 at which time it will be renewed for a further three year period.
All Hi-Force tools are permanently marked with their respective model number and a unique serial number,
which are both traceable to an individually issued test certificate. Every Hi-Force tool manufactured is
individually tested in accordance with the latest international test procedures, applicable to hydraulic tools
and equipment.
All Hi-Force products are covered by a comprehensive warranty against material and/or workmanship
defects. All warranty claims must, in the first instance, be registered via our website online warranty claim
registration procedure at www.hi-force.com/warranty. The procedure is easy to complete and enables
Hi-Force to provide an initial response, within 48 hours of registration of the warranty claim. Following a
detailed evaluation of the online warranty claim by our technical department, claims can, in most cases, be
approved immediately avoiding the need for costly and time consuming return shipment of the faulty items
to Hi-Force. Dependant on whether the approval is to repair or replace, Hi-Force will authorise the warranty
through your local authorised Hi-Force Distributor or Service Centre.
Hi-Force reserves the right to request
the return of defective or faulty
product for a more detailed evaluation
and inspection should the information
provided in the online warranty claim
prove inconclusive. All warranty claim
rejections will be supported by a
report explaining the reasons why
warranty has not been approved.
High pressure hydraulic power
provides one of the simplest means of
applying a high force in confined
spaces, however respect for common
sense safety precautions is essential
at all times. Every Hi-Force employee is
fully conversant with all Hi-Force safety
procedures, applicable to the safe
operation and use of our products and
we feel it is our duty to ensure that all
users of hydraulic tools are equally
aware of these procedures.
With every product that we supply, we
provide operation and maintenance
instructions to ensure that all
operators are equally aware of these
safety issues.
QUALITY & SAFETY
Selection table
Single acting
Very low height pancake cylinders
Single acting
Low height pad cylinders
9
Single acting
Low height cylinders
Hydraulic Cylinders
HVL Range
HPS Range
HLS Range
B
Page
10
Page
11
Page
12
Single acting
Multi-purpose cylinders
HSS Range
Pages
14 - 15
Single acting
Low height failsafe lock ring cylinders
Single acting
Hollow piston cylinders
Single acting
Failsafe lock ring cylinders
Double acting
Hollow piston cylinders
Double acting
High tonnage cylinders
Single acting
Pull cylinders
HFL Range
HHS Range
HFG Range
HHR Range
HDA Range
HPC Range
Page
17
Page
18
Page
19
Page
20
Page
21
Page
22
Pages
23 - 24
Page
13
Single acting lightweight
Aluminium cylinders
HAS Range
Page
16
PCS Sets
Pump and cylinder sets
and accessories
Pages
25 - 26
Saddles
Cylinder saddles and
Piston rod thread specifications
CYLINDERS
10
457 HSS2518
356 HSS2514
10
B
Choice of 110 standard cylinder models and unlimited specials made to order, Hi-Force will provide the best cylinder for the job !
Ma i n c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s o f H i - F o r c e c y l i n d e r r a n g e
Range
Cylinder
HVL
HDA
HFG
HFL
HAS
HHR
HHS
HPS
HSS
HLS
Cylinder principle
single acting
double acting
single acting
single acting
single acting
double acting
single acting
single acting
single acting
single acting
Piston feature
solid piston
solid piston
threaded piston & lock ring
threaded piston & lock ring
solid piston
hollow piston
hollow piston
solid piston
solid piston
solid piston
Return action
load/gravity return
hydraulic return
load/gravity return
load/gravity return
spring assisted return
hydraulic return
Stroke limiting device
stop ring
stop ring
restriction port
restriction port
stop ring
stop ring
stop ring
stop ring
stop ring
stop ring
Saddle
integrated
several options available
tilting saddle
tilting saddle
flat saddle
integrated
integrated
Page
11
12
13
14-15
18
19
20
21
22
16
SELECTION TABLE FOR HI-FORCE STANDARD RANGE CYLINDERS
4.5
10
to
11 14.5
20
to
25
29
to
33
50
to
61
73
to
110
147
to
152 203
247
to
260
stroke
Cylinder
No mi n a l l i f t i n g c a p a c i t y o f c y l i n d e r i n t o n n e s
6
11
12
15
16
25
25
40
44
45
50
51
56
60
75
76
76
100
102
102
125
150
150
in mm
HPS50
HPS51
HSS51
HSS52
HSS53
HSS54
HSS55
HVL10
HPS100
HSS101
HHS101
HLS101
HHS102
HSS102
HSS104
HSS106
HSS152
HSS154
HSS156
HVL30
HPS300
HLS301
HHS302
HHR302
HLS302
HHR306
HSS252
HSS254
HSS256
HVL50
HPS500
HLS501
HFL502
HLS502
HSS504
HFG506
HHS603
HHR603
HHS606
HPS750
HVL100
HPS1000
HLS1001
HFL1002
HLS1002
HHS1003
HHR1003
HFG1004
HSS1004
HHS1006
HFG1006
HPS1500
HLS1501
HLS1502
HFL1502
HFG1504
HFG1506
HFL2502
HVL20
HPS200
HLS201
HHS202
HHS206
HFG504
326 398 520
HFL5002
HFG3006
16
HFG2002
HSS502
151
152
152
152
153
HHS306 HDA256 HSS506
HDA506
HHR606
HSS756
HHR1006
HDA1006
HSS1006
HDA1506 HDA2006
HFG2006
HFG4006
HDA3006 HDA4006 HDA5006
HFG5006 HAS306 HAS506
HHR2508 203
205
206
250
254
305
330
HSS108
HSS1010
HSS1012
HSS1510
HSS308
HHR3012
HSS2510
HSS508
HDA5013
HHR6010 HSS10010
HDA10013
HDA20012
HHR1508
HAS1006
176
228
HSS57
HSS59
HHS106
HDA15012
330 HSS5013
152
11
B
Model
number
HVL10
HVL20
HVL30
HVL50
HVL100
Dimensions in mm
Capacities from 10 to 104 tonnes
Stroke length 6mm
Working pressure 700 Bar
The HVL pancake cylinder range combines a very low closed height with a 6mm stroke, providing a
precise adjusting and lifting force in very confined work areas. Ideally suited for applications requiring
alignment of machinery, turbines, heavy structures etc. All models are single acting, load return design.
The base of all HVL cylinders must be fully supported during use.
Single acting load return
Nitrocarburised piston rod
Low friction bearing surfaces
Anti-extrusion seals
Capacity
tonnes
Stroke
mm
Oil cap.
cm
Cyl. eff. area
cm
Weight
kg
10
20
32
50
104
6
6
6
6
6
14.4
28.6
45.6
71.3
146.5
9
17
27
43
88
1.6
2.6
3.0
7.2
15.6
B
87
104
120
158
200
A
28
32
34
45
65
C
38
52
60
75
100
Did you know.....
Hi-Force HVL pancake cylinders
are the lowest closed height
hydraulic cylinders available on
the market.
If you dont have the space, we
have the solution!
D
111
111
111
111
76
E
16.0
19.0
19.5
29.0
37.0
HVL10 also available with 400mm extension
hose and coupling.
Please add suffix H to model no.
HVL100
HVL30
HVL10
Note: All models, excluding HVL100, are fitted with extension nipple for
required coupling clearance (drawing is without coupling extension nipple).
A
C D
E
B
HVL - SINGLE ACTING VERY LOW HEIGHT PANCAKE CYLINDERS
12
B
Model
Capacities from 4.5 to 147 tonnes
Stroke lengths from 6 to 16mm
The HPS pad cylinder range offers the best capacity, closed height and stroke length combination, spring
assisted return cylinders in the industry. Ideally suited for applications where a low closed height and
maximum possible stroke is of prime importance, these highly versatile cylinders are extensively used for
maintenance, structural weld positioning, rigging, flange separating and many other applications.
Single acting, spring assisted return
HPS50
HPS51
HPS100
HPS200
HPS300
HPS500
HPS750
HPS1000
HPS1500
Dimensions in mm
number
Capacity
tonnes
Stroke
mm
Oil cap.
cm
Cyl. eff. area
cm
Weight
kg
4.5
4.5
10
20
32
50
73
109
147
6
16
10
11
12
15
16
16
16
0.8
0.9
1.6
2.6
4.2
6.6
10.4
23.2
28.5
6.4
6.4
14.4
28.6
45.6
71.3
102.7
153.4
206.2
4
10
14
31
55
107
164
245
330
A
32
42
46
52
59
67
81
91
100
B
60
60
81
100
115
140
165
215
215
C
38
38
56
76
95
114
140
180
191
D
24
24
38
51
60
70
82
114
114
E
20
20
34
40
46
54
67
75
83
H
26
26
37
50
52
67
76
130
117
G1
5.6
5.6
6.8
8.8
8.8
10.8
13.0
12.8
13.0
F
19
19
28
39
48
60
70
90
95
G2
9.75
9.75
11.25
14.25
14.25
17.25
19.00
19.00
19.00
I
19
19
19
19
19
20
21
29
29
HPS200
HPS100
Handle
(HPS1000 & HPS1500)
76mm
A
B
C
D
E
G1
H
G2
F
I
HPS - SINGLE ACTING LOW HEIGHT PAD CYLINDERS
The HLS low height cylinder range is the most widely used Hi-Force cylinder design in the world today.
All models have spring assisted return pistons and combine low closed height with optimum stroke
lengths. Offering a compact, powerful force for a wide variety of applications in many industries including
power generation, ship building & repair, construction, railways, mining, steel works, oil & gas and many
others. The HLS range offers a compact, portable option in an inexpensive package.
Spring assisted return
C
F
(*) = HLS101 features 2 base mounting holes at 90 from coupler
HLS101
HLS201
HLS301
HLS302
HLS501
HLS502
HLS1001
HLS1002
HLS1501
HLS1502
10
20
32
32
50
50
109
109
147
147
40
44
25
60
25
60
25
60
25
50
2.4
4.8
5.0
7.0
8.4
10.4
19.8
24.0
37.0
42.0
14.4
28.6
45.6
45.6
71.3
71.3
153.4
153.4
206.2
206.2
58
126
114
274
178
428
384
921
516
1031
Dimensions in mm Model
number
Capacity
tonnes
Stroke
mm
Oil cap.
cm
Cyl. eff. area
cm
Weight
kg
95
102
83
119
91
126
108
143
130
155
A
70
90
102
102
127
127
178
178
216
216
B
38
51
60
60
70
70
114
114
114
114
C
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M12
M12
M12
M12
D
40
60
80
80
80
80
140
140
165
165
E F
19
19
19
19
20
20
30
30
41
41
45 degrees (*)
D
E
A
76mm
B
HLS 501
HLS 101
13
B
HLS - SINGLE ACTING LOW HEIGHT CYLINDERS
14
B
The HSS single acting multi-purpose cylinder range offers the widest choice of stroke lengths and lifting
capacities available, and provides an excellent choice for maintenance, production, fabrication and
construction applications. All models are provided with a collar thread and thread protector, cylinder base
and piston rod mountings for easy fixturing, making the HSS range the most versatile and adaptable
multi-purpose cylinders available. Major user industries include power generation, railways, steelworks,
mining, shipyards and oil & gas.
Collar threads withstand full load
Piston rod thread on all models up to 30t
Base mounting holes on all models (except HSS308)
Optional piston rod saddles (see page 25)
Collar thread protector supplied as standard
Model
number
HSS51
HSS52
HSS53
HSS54
HSS55
HSS57
HSS101
HSS102
HSS104
HSS106
HSS108
HSS1010
HSS59
Dimensions in mm (unless otherwise stated) Capacity
tonnes
Stroke
mm
Oil cap.
cm
Cyl. eff. area
cm
Weight
kg
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10 HSS1012
25
50
75
100
125
25
56
100
150
206
250
305
16
32
48
64
80
36
81
144
217
297
361
440
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4
14.4
14.4
14.4
14.4
14.4
14.4
14.4
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.5
1.8
1.8
2.4
3.0
4.2
5.0
5.4
6.2
A
107
132
157
182
207
100
131
175
225
281
325
379
B C
38
38
38
38
38
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
24
24
24
24
24
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
E
28
28
28
28
28
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
F
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
G
25
25
25
25
25
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
D
2 -14un
1
4
/
1 -16un
1
2
/
1 -16un
1
2
/
1 -16un
1
2
/
1 -16un
1
2
/
1 -16un
1
2
/
2 -14un
1
4
/
2 -14un
1
4
/
2 -14un
1
4
/
2 -14un
1
4
/
2 -14un
1
4
/
2 -14un
1
4
/
H
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
16
4.5 176 113 6.4 2.0 258 38 24 28 M6 25 1 -16un
1
2
/
19
4.5 227 146 6.4 2.4 308 38 24 28 M6 25 1 -16un
1
2
/
19
*
*
76mm
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
*
* = see page 26
H
HSS104
HSS106
HSS108
HSS1010
Lightweight aluminium alternatives
available (see page 16)
HSS - SINGLE ACTING MULTI-PURPOSE CYLINDERS
15
B
HSS - SINGLE ACTING MULTI-PURPOSE CYLINDERS
HSS256
HSS2510
150
250
524
874
34.9
34.9
9.6
12.6
HSS152
HSS154
HSS156
HSS1510
HSS252
25
25
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
25
25 HSS254
50
100
150
250
51
102
101
203
304
507
178
356
20.3
20.3
20.3
20.3
34.9
34.9
3.4
5.0
6.6
8.8
6.5
8.0
273
374
A
154
204
254
354
174
225
86
86
B
70
70
70
70
86
86
54
54
C
41
41
41
41
54
54
49
49
E
39
39
39
39
49
49
M12
M12
F
M10
M10
M10
M10
M12
M12
3 -12un
5
16
/
3 -12un
5
16
/
D
2 -16un
3
4
/
2 -16un
3
4
/
2 -16un
3
4
/
2 -16un
3
4
/
3 -12un
5
16
/
3 -12un
5
16
/
Model
number
Dimensions in mm (unless otherwise stated)
Capacity
tonnes
Stroke
mm
Oil cap.
cm
Cyl. eff. area
cm
Weight
kg
HSS2518
HSS308
457
205
1597
860
34.9
41.9
21.4
18.6
25
29
611
374
86
102
54
57
49
50
M12
-
3 -12un
5
16
/
HSS504
HSS506
HSS508
HSS5013
HSS756
HSS1004
HSS1006
HSS10010
102
152
203
330
152
102
153
254
728
1084
1448
2354
1561
1565
2347
3896
71.3
71.3
71.3
71.3
102.7
153.4
153.4
153.4
16.8
20.0
23.2
33.6
31.0
41.6
49.8
65.5
50
50
50
50
73
109
109
109
201
251
302
429
272
223
274
375
127
127
127
127
146
185
185
185
79
79
79
79
95
114
114
114
55
55
55
55
45
50
50
50
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
5 -12un
3
4
/
6 -12un
7
8 /
6 -12un
7
8
/
6 -12un
7
8
/
5-12un
5-12un
5-12un
5-12un
HSS2514 356 1242 34.9 16.8 25 480 86 54 49 M12 3 -12un
5
16
/
HSS502 51 364 71.3 13.0 50 150 127 79 55 M12
60
60
G
48
48
48
48
60
60
60
-
85
85
85
85
115
146
146
146
60
85 5-12un
25.0
25.0
25.0
50.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
31.5
32.0
32.0
32.0
H
19.0
19.0
19.0
19.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
20.0
3 -12un
5
16
/
F
G
* = see page 26
76mm
A
B
C
D
E
*
*
*
H
Collar threads withstand full load
Piston rod thread on all models up to 30t
Base mounting holes on all models (except HSS308)
16
B
Stroke length 152mm
Model
number
HAS306
HAS506
HAS1006
Dimensions in mm (unless otherwise stated) Capacity
tonnes
Stroke
mm
Oil cap.
cm
Cyl. eff. area
cm
Weight
kg
32
51
110
152
152
152
672
1077
2340
44.2
70.9
153.9
6.0
9.0
23.0
A
282
287
317
B C
104
135
195
60
80
110
E
20
25
35
D
A
B
C
D
E
76mm
50
70
100
Please Note......
Aluminum cylinders offer the benefit of greatly reduced
weight compared to conventional steel cylinders.
However, due to the inherent nature of the material,
are not recommended for use in high cycle production
applications. The recommended life cycle is estimated
at approximately 5000 operations at maximum
pressure, which in most lifting and maintenance
applications represents a more than acceptable period
of usage.
The HAS range of single acting, lightweight, aluminium cylinders is specifically designed for applications
where weight and ease of positioning are features of prime importance. With an average weight of
approximately 50% of comparable capacity steel construction cylinders, all models are supplied with a
hard anodised, wear resistant, piston rod and cylinder body and a steel cylinder base protection plate.
Available lifting capacities range from 32 to 110 tonnes capacity, at maximum working pressure of
700 Bar. All models are commonly used in a wide variety of industrial applications in shipyards, steel mills,
construction and power plants. Other capacities and stroke length options available on request.
HAS1006
HAS - SINGLE ACTING LIGHTWEIGHT ALUMINIUM CYLINDERS
17
B
Model
HPC106
HPC306
HPC506
10
30
50
152
152
152
15.5
31.0
54.0
15.0
41.8
71.0
228
636
1078
number
Capacity
tonnes
Stroke
mm
Oil cap.
cm
Cyl. eff. area
cm
Weight
kg
Stroke length 152mm
HPC106C
10 12.0
C G
E D
F
A
B
A
B
C
D E
F
HPC106
HPC106C
152 228 15.0
The HPC pull cylinder range comprises of four models, with capacities ranging from 10 tonnes to 50
tonnes of pulling force. All models are 700 Bar maximum working pressure and feature a single acting,
spring assisted return piston, with a 152mm stroke length. Fitted with easily replaceable machined pulling
eyes on the piston rod and cylinder base, the 10 tonnes capacity version can also be supplied with clevis
eye attachments. Typical applications for HPC pull cylinders are plate alignment prior to welding in
shipyards, cable tensioning and heavy load moving using chains or wire ropes.
Surface treated piston rod
Replaceable pulling and clevis eyes
Piston wiper prevents contamination
HPC506
Hand and powered pumps
suitable for use with HPC
range pull cylinders are
detailed on pages 27 to 48.
Dimensions in mm
600
695
A
819
602
HPC306
HPC506
847
971
B
754
752
145
149
C
58
114
D
105
130
99
67
42
52
E
35
32
50
69
F
30
33
G
36
-
-
-
HPC306
HPC - SINGLE ACTING PULL CYLINDERS
H
H
H
122
153
80
80
Protective bellows are available as
optional extra
HPC106 c/w bellows
*
* Eye bolt thickness: HPC106 = 22mm, HPC306 = 35mm, HPC506 = 40mm
18
B
The HHS single acting hollow piston cylinder range is extremely versatile for use in tooling, maintenance
and tensioning applications. Specifically designed with a hollow piston to enable a rod or cable to be
passed through the entire cylinder length for applications where a pulling force is required, the HHS range
is used extensively in post-tensioning and pre-stressing applications as well as testing of various bonded or
mechanical anchoring systems. HHS cylinders can also be used for general lifting applications, when fitted
with readily available interchangeable hardened steel piston rod saddles.
A
B
C
D
*
* = see page 26
E
F
G
H
I
76mm
90
HHS202 HHS302
Model
number
HHS101
HHS102
HHS106
HHS202
HHS206
HHS302
HHS306
HHS603
HHS606
HHS1003
HHS1006
11
11
11
23
23
33
33
61
61
102
102
Capacity
tonnes
Oil cap.
cm
Cyl. eff.
area cm
Weight
kg
Stroke
mm
25
50
152
50
150
50
152
76
150
76
150
15.8
15.8
15.8
33.3
33.3
46.7
46.7
85.7
85.7
143.1
143.1
2.8
3.0
10.2
7.0
13.8
10.6
19.2
28.0
40.6
64.0
75.0
39
79
240
167
500
233
710
651
1285
1088
2147
A
110
140
297
160
306
165
320
226
315
276
350
B
70
70
70
100
100
115
115
160
160
213
213
C
38
38
38
51
51
60
60
92
92
127
127
D
20
20
20
30
30
35
35
55
55
81
81
H
51
51
51
82.5
82.5
92
92
130
130
178
178
G
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M12
M12
M16
M16
F
30
30
30
40
40
40
40
59
59
60
60
E
2 -16un
3
4
/
2 -16un
3
4
/
2 -16un
3
4
/
3 -12un
7
8
/
3 -12un
7
8
/
8 -12un
3
8
/
8 -12un
3
8
/
6 -12un 1
4
/
6 -12un
1
4
/
4 -12un
1
2
/
4 -12un
1
2
/
I
19
19
19
31
31
31
31
31
31
45
45
HHS - SINGLE ACTING HOLLOW PISTON CYLINDERS
19
B
The HHR double acting hollow piston cylinder range incorporates all of the design features of the HHS
range with the added benefit of double acting design, which greatly enhances speed of operation and
performance particularly in the longer length stroke options. Additionally a substantial hydraulic pulling
force is available in the piston retraction mode of operation. Standard range models are featured in this
catalogue, however other stroke and tonnage options are available on request.
Double acting design
Annular area overload protection valve
HHR302
A
B
*
C
D
E
G
H
45
76mm
F
* = see page 26
I
J
Note :
33 & 61 tonne models
feature 2 base mounting
holes at 90 from coupler
HHR302
HHR306
HHR603
HHR606
HHR1003
HHR1006
HHR2508
Dimensions in mm (unless otherwise stated) Model
number
Capacity
Stroke
mm
Oil cap.
cm
Cyl. eff.
area cm
Weight
kg
Push Pull
33
33
61
61
102
102
247
24
24
38
38
43
43
76
51
150
76
152
76
152
203
238
701
652
1304
1087
2174
7039
46.7
46.7
85.7
85.7
143.1
143.1
346.5
12.2
17.6
30.6
41.6
68.5
90.0
152 71 203 4320 212.8 170.0
269.0
HHR6010 61 38 254 2179 85.7 52.5
HHR3012 33 24 305 1424 46.7 25.7
A
180
279
239
315
310
386
505
417
434
B
115
115
160
160
213
213
350
160
115
270 184 102
C
60.3
60.3
92
92
140
140
254
92
60.3
D
35
35
55
55
80
80
150
55
35
F
40
40
45
45
40
40
45
40
G
M8
M8
M12
M12
M16
M16
M12
M8
H
92
92
130
130
178
178
130
92
E
8 -12un
3
8
/
6 -12un
1
4
/
6 -12un
1
4
/
4 -12un
1
2
/
4 -12un
1
2
/
8 -12un
3
8
/
4 -12un
1
2
/
6 -12un
1
4
/
tonnes I
28
28
31
31
82
82
98
31
28
J
119
218
166
242
234
310
389
344
373
HHR1508 503 98 389 n/a n/a
n/a n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
HHR - DOUBLE ACTING HOLLOW PISTON CYLINDERS
HHR306
HHR302
HDA - DOUBLE ACTING HIGH TONNAGE CYLINDERS
20
B
The HDA double acting cylinder range offers the utmost in versatility and durability. Specifically designed
for heavy duty lifting, construction and maintenance applications as well as presswork and industrial
production, the double acting design provides substantial pulling force in the piston retraction mode as
well as providing fast, controlled retraction for continuous duty cycle operation. All models up to
152 tonnes are supplied with flat saddle, piston rod threads and collar threads as standard. Models from
203 tonnes and upwards are supplied without collar thread and piston rod thread, however include
replaceable tilting saddle as standard. Standard range models are featured in this catalogue, however
other stroke and tonnage options are available on request.
Internal annular area overload protection valve
Flat saddle
Piston rod thread
Collar thread with protector
Tilting saddle
Piston without thread
Excluding collar thread
Up to 203 tonnes : From 326 tonnes :
HDA256
HDA506
HDA5013
HDA1006
HDA10013
HDA1506
HDA2006
HDA20012
HDA3006
HDA4006
HDA5006
25
50
50
109
109
152
203
203
326
398
520
10
15
15
36
36
79
-
-
-
152
152
330
152
330
152
152
305
152
152
152
0.53
1.08
2.35
2.33
5.06
3.26
4.33
8.69
6.95
8.49
11.09
34.9
71.3
71.3
153.3
153.3
214.2
285.2
285.2
457.4
558.9
729.9
15.0
28.4
42.6
64.5
89.0
90.0
129.8
167.4
193.0
286.0
372.0
HDA15012 152
A
287
295
473
304
482
310
327
480
409
431
470
463
B
92
127
127
178
178
210
254
254
312
360
397
210
C
50
79
79
114
114
114
140
140
165
216
203
114
F
M10
M12
M12
M12
M12
M16
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M16 79 305 6.53 214.2 120.5
G
60
85
85
146
146
160
185
185
158
203
203
160
E
53
55
55
51
51
55
Optional
Optional
Optional
55
D
3 -12un
5
16
/
5-12un
5-12un
6 -12un
7
8
/
6 -12un
7
8
/
8-12un
Optional
Optional
Optional
8-12un
Model
number
Capacity
Stroke
mm
Oil cap.
litres
Cyl. eff. area
cm
Weight
kg
Push Pull
tonnes H
30
20
20
30
30
35
43
43
50
55
65
35
I
212
216
394
226
404
231
238
391
262
277
300
384
HDA506
HDA5013
94
94
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
76mm
Base mounting holes (F)
will not withstand full load
*Base mounting holes are for location of cylinder only. They are not designed to resist the full capacity
of the cylinder
*
65
65
9 -12un
3
4
/
9 -12un
3
4
/
Lifting ring comes as standard on models from 50 to109 tonnes
Optional piston rod
saddles (see page 25)
Base mounting holes*
Eyebolts come as standard on models from152 to 520 tonnes
21
B
The HFL low height single acting failsafe lock ring cylinder range combines all the versatility and efficiency
of hydraulic power with the safety of mechanical load support, offering a sustainable lifting force in very
confined work areas. Ideally suited for applications requiring load holding for extended periods, such as
bridge support work. The HFL range features a single acting load return piston, threaded throughout its
stroke length to suit the threaded mechanical load holding lock ring. All models are suitable for vertical
lifting only and are supplied with tilting saddles as standard.
HFL502
HFL1002
HFL1502
HFL2502
HFL5002
number
Capacity
tonnes
50
109
152
260
520
Stroke
mm
51
50
45
45
45
Weight
kg
14.2
25.1
44.0
69.4
186.0
Cyl. eff. area
cm
71.3
153.4
214.3
366.1
729.9
Oil cap.
litres
0.36
0.77
1.07
1.65
3.29
A
125
137
150
159
192
B
127
178
216
273
400
C
95
140
165
216
305
Single acting load return design
Nitrocarburised cylinder and piston rod for corrosion
protection
Tilting saddle fitted as standard
Overstroke restrictor port
D
70
115
135
200
290
E
19
20
28
31
43
HFL1002
HFL - SINGLE ACTING LOW HEIGHT FAILSAFE LOCK RING CYLINDERS
See pages 27 - 48 for pumps suitable for use with all
Hi-Force cylinders
HFL2502 & HFL5002
A
B
D
E
76mm
C
HFL502, HFL1002, HFL1502
C
D
A
B
76mm
E
22
B
The HFG single acting failsafe lock ring cylinder range combines all the versatility and efficiency of hydraulic
power with the safety of mechanical load support. Ideally suited for applications requiring sustained load
holding for extended periods, such as bridge support work, the HFG range features a single acting, load
return piston, threaded throughout its stroke length to suit the threaded mechanical load holding lock
ring. Simply jack up the load, wind down the mechanical lock ring until it comes into contact with the
cylinder body, release the hydraulic pressure and sustain the load mechanically. All models are suitable for
vertical lifting only and are supplied with tilting saddles as standard to reduce the risk of side loading the
cylinder. Standard models are featured in this catalogue, however other stroke and tonnage options are
available on request.
HFG504
HFG506
number
Single acting load return design
Nitrocarburised cylinder and piston rod for corrosion protection
Tilting saddle fitted as standard
Overstroke restrictor port
102
150
Stroke
mm
20.6
25.0
Weight
kg
71.3
71.3
Cyl. eff. area
cm
Oil cap.
litres
0.73
1.07
224
272
A
127
127
B C
95
95
D
70
70
E
25.0
25.0
HFG1004 HFG504
50
50
Capacity
tonnes
HFG1504
HFG1506
HFG2006
HFG3006
HFG2002
HFG4006
100
150
152
150
151
152
50 285.1 95.4 261 254 190 135 50.0
84.0
89.5
137.0
228.5
308.5
457.0
214.3
214.3
285.1
457.7
559.0
729.9
1.42
2.14
3.21
4.33
6.87
8.44
11.10
288
338
362
417
459
498
216
216
254
310
342
400
165
165
190
241
267
305
135
135
135
150
180
180
42.0
42.0
50.0
50.0
70.0
80.0
152
152
203
326
398
520
203
HFG5006
C
D
A
B
E
76mm
HFG1004 100
150
47.5
61.5
153.4
153.4
1.53
2.30
240
311
178
178
140
140
115
115
27.5
27.5
109
109 HFG1006
HFG - SINGLE ACTING FAILSAFE LOCK RING CYLINDERS
23
B
Hi-Force PCS pump and cylinder sets provide the simplest and most cost effective way to start your job
immediately. All sets comprise of a Hi-Force hydraulic cylinder (wide choice available), suitable Hi-Force
manual pump and a two metre hose with high flow, quick release coupler.
Note : Models PCS202H, PCS302H & PCS603H are supplied with a hollow piston cylinder.
Model
number
PCS50
PCS53
PCS100
PCS101
PCS102
PCS106
PCS200
PCS201
PCS256
PCS300
PCS302
PCS502
PCS506
PCS1002
PCS202H
PCS302H
capacity
tonnes
Model
number
Capacity
litres
Model
number
Stroke
mm
height
mm
Model
number
Length
metres
Weight
kg
P u m p C y l i n d e r H o s e
HP110
HP110
HP110
HP110
HP110
HP110
HP110
HP110
HP110
HP110
HP110
HP110
HP232
HP232
HP110
HP110
HPS51
HSS53
HPS100
HLS101
HSS102
HSS106
HPS200
HLS201
HSS256
HPS300
HLS302
HLS502
HSS506
HLS1002
HHS202
HHS302
HC2
HC2
HC2
HC2
HC2
HC2
HC2
HC2
HC2
HC2
HC2
HC2
HC2
HC2
HC2
HC2
4.5
4.5
10
10
10
10
20
20
25
32
32
50
50
109
23
33
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
16
75
10
40
56
150
11
44
150
12
60
60
152
60
50
50
42
157
46
95
131
225
52
102
273
59
119
126
251
143
160
165
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
7.4
8.0
8.2
9.0
9.0
10.8
9.4
11.3
16.0
10.8
13.6
17.0
31.0
35.5
13.9
17.2
Cylinder Closed
S e t
18 standard sets
Optional piston rod (tilting) saddles are available
for most cylinder models (see page 25)
Cylinders are spring assisted return design
Manual pumps include factory set relief valve
PCS1006 HP252 HSS1006 HC2 109 5.0 153 274 2.0 66.0
PCS603H HP232 HHS603 HC2 61 2.0 76 226 2.0 34.6
PCS200
PCS - PUMP AND CYLINDER SETS
For optional pressure gauges
please refer to page 52 of this
catalogue
24
B
Substitute the manual hydraulic pump for an electric driven or air driven pump.
Contact your local dealer or regional office for more information.
FSB1
MSB1
HG1K
HG63K
100mm dry gauge 0-700 Bar / 0-10000 PSI and gauge mounting block
63mm glycerine filled gauge 0-700 Bar / 0-10000 PSI and gauge mounting block
640
890
360
300
150
210
Dimensions in mm
PCS50 to PCS502
PCS506 to PCS603H
Metal storage and transport box
Gauge and gauge block kit
Length Width Height Model For set
Model Description
PCS OPTIONAL EXTRAS
25
CYLINDER SADDLES
B
Cylinder
range
F i t t e d a s s t a n d a r d A v a i l a b l e o p t i o n s
Saddle
model No.
See
figure
Cylinder
capacity
Cylinder
range
Saddle
model No.
See
figure
Cylinder
capacity
HSS
HSS
HSS
HSS
HSS
HSS
HSS
HSS
HHS
HHS
HHS/R
HHS/R
HHS/R
HHR
HDA
HDA
HDA
HDA
HDA
HDA
HDA
HDA
HFG
HFG
HFG
HFG
HFG
HFG
HFG
HFL
HFL
HFL
HFL
HFL
HHR
HAS
HAS
HAS
HA5
HA10
HA15
HA25
HA25
HA50
HA75
HA100
HA102
HA202
HA302
HA603
HA1003
HA2508
HD25
HD50
HD100
HD150
HD200
HD300T
HD400T
HD500T
TS50
TS100
TS150
TS200
TS300
TS400
TS500
TS50
TS100
TS150
TS250
TS500
HA1508
HA50
HA30
HA100
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
4
2
2
2
4.5
10
14.5
25
29
50
73
109
11
23
33
61
102
247
25
50
109
152
203
326
398
520
50
109
152
203
326
398
520
50
109
152
260
520
152
32
51
110
HSS
HSS
HSS
HSS
HSS
HSS
HSS
HSS
HHS
HHS
HHS/R
HHS/R
HHS/R
HHR
HAS
HAS
HAS
-
HAT50
HAT75
HAT100
HA102T
HA202T
HA302T
HA603T
HA1003T
HAT10
HAT25
HA1508T
HAT50
HAT30
HAT100
-
7
7
7
5
5
5
5
5
9
9
5
7
7
7
4.5
10
14.5
25
29
50
73
109
11
23
33
61
102
HHR HA2508T 5 247
HDA
HDA
HDA
HDA
HDA
HDA
HDA
HDA
HD25T
HD50T
HD100T
HD150T
HD200T
HD300
HD400
HD500
9
9
9
9
9
2
2
2
25
50
109
152
203
326
398
520
152
32
51
110
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
Fig. 3
Fig. 4
Fig. 5
Fig. 7
Fig. 8
Fig. 9
HAT10 9
HAT25 9
Fig. 6
HHS
HHS
HHS/R
HHS/R
HHS/R
HA102G
HA202G
HA302G
HA603G
HA1003G
6
6
6
6
6
11
23
33
61
102
HHR HA1508G 6 152
HHR HA2508G 6 247
26
B
A
B
Fig. 1
A
B
C
D
Fig. 2
C
D
Fig. 3
HSS5
HSS10
HSS15
HSS25
HSS30
HSS50
HSS75
HSS100
Cylinder
Range
Dimensions in mm
Figure
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
HAS30
HAS50
HAS100
Cylinder
Range Figure
1
1
1
B
-
-
-
-
-
11.0
12.0
12.0
B
10.0
11.0
12.0
C
20
14
14
30
30
-
-
-
C
-
-
-
D
-16UNF
1-8UNC
1-8UNC
1-16UN
1-16UN
-
-
-
D
-
-
-
A
-
-
-
-
-
70
80
100
A
50
70
100
Fig. 4
A
B
C
D
Dimensions in mm
Thread Size
Thread Size
HHS Cylinder Range
HHR Cylinder Range
Cylinder
Range Figure
Cylinder
Range Figure
HHS11
HHS23
HHS33
HHS61
HHS102
4
4
4
4
4
HHR33
HHR61
HHR102
HHR1508
HHR2508
B
B
7.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
12.0
10.0
10.0
12.0
13.5
13.5
C
C
21
31
31
31
38
32
32
38
50
74
D
D
M28x1.5
M39x1.5
M48x1.5
M70x1.5
M105x2
M48x1.5
M70x1.5
M105x2
M150x3
M220x3
A
A
32
43
52
80
114
52
80
114
170
242
4
4
4
4
4
Dimensions in mm
Dimensions in mm
Thread Size
Thread Size
Cylinder
Range Figure
HDA25
HDA50
HDA100
HDA150
HDA200
HDA300
HDA400
HDA500
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
B
9.0
11.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
C
35
45
55
52
70
-
-
-
D
1-12UNF
1-12UNF
1-12UNF
2-12UN
-
-
-
3 -16UN
3
8
/
A
45
70
100
100
110
150
180
180
Dimensions in mm Thread Size
HDA Cylinder Range
HSS Cylinder Range
HAS Cylinder Range
PISTON ROD THREAD SPECIFICATIONS
Selection table
Manually operated pumps
Steel, aluminium & Ultra high pressure
Electric driven pumps
Lightweight & portable with carrying strap
Heavy duty high flow
Electric driven two stage
Compact pumps
Air driven pumps
Single stage, hand and foot operated
Accessories for powered pumps
Solenoid valves, trolleys, protection frames, etc.
General duty medium flow
General duty high flow
Air driven pumps
27
General information
Powered pumps
Split flow, multi outlet
Petrol engine driven pumps
Hydraulic Pumps
HP & XHP Range
HEP1 Range
HEP5 Range
HEP103 Range
AHP11 Range
Accessories
HEP2 Range
HEP3 Range
HAP Range
Powered Pumps
HSP Range
HPP Range
C
Page
28
Pages
29 - 32
Page
34
Page
36
Page
39
Page
40
Page
41
Page
42
Pages
45 - 46
Page
47
Page
48
Page
33
HP-FP Range
Foot operated pump
Two stage operation
Battery Powered Pumps
Battery powered pump
Lightweight & portable
Page
35
Pages
37 - 38
Pages
43 - 44
PUMPS
28
C
16.0 17.0
MANUAL PUMPS
--
500
-
Nominal cylinder capacity in tonnes
5
-
10
-
15
-
20
-
25
-
30
-
100
-
250
-
400
-
250 -
150 -
200 -
300 -
10 -
400 -
450 -
350 -
500 -
C
y
l
i
n
d
e
r

s
t
r
o
k
e

i
n

m
m
100 -
50 -
75 -
25 -
200
-
325
-
50
-
75
-
150
-
175 -
5 -
125 -
Note : for double acting manual pumps,
please add suffix D.
(only applicable for HP232, HP245 & HP252)
HP145 - HP110
HP211 - HP212
HP227 - HP232
HP252 - HP257
HP245
HP110 - HP212
HP227 - HP232 - HP252
HP257 - HP245
HP227 - HP232
HP252 - HP257
HP245
HP252 - HP257
HP245
HP245
Low pressure flow rate in litres per minute
H
i
g
h

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

f
l
o
w

r
a
t
e

i
n

l
i
t
r
e
s

p
e
r

m
i
n
u
t
e
0.25 -
0.50 -
0.75 -
1.00 -
1.25 -
1.50 -
1.75 -
2.00 -
0.00 -
1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 0.0
----------------
HEP5
See page 41
HAP/HPP
See pages 47/48
HEP3
See page 40
HEP2
See page 39
HEP103
See pages 37/38
HEP1
See page 36
SELECTION TABLE FOR HI-FORCE HYDRAULIC PUMPS
POWERED PUMPS
29
C
Single or two speed operation
Choice of control valves
The HP manually operated pump range offers a choice of single or two speed operation and all models
are supplied complete with a pre-filled oil reservoir, ready for immediate use. All models have a maximum
working pressure of 700 Bar and the range includes pump models suitable for use with either single
acting cylinders or tools. The HP range offers the ideal solution for applications where completely
independent, portable hydraulic power is required. With low handle effort characteristics for easy
operation, all models are of strong durable construction. Hi-Force HP manually operated pumps have a
proven track record industry wide and offer excellent value for money in portable hydraulic power.
A full range of system components suitable for use with HP manually operated pumps is detailed on
pages 49 - 56.
Oil reservoir capacity up to 5 litres
Durable steel construction
External pressure release valve
Factory set safety relief valve
Changeover pressure for two speed
models is 14 Bar
HP110
HP227D
HP145 2-way 2.9 4.6 310 -
HP227 2-way 12.9 10.5 2.3
HP110 2-way 2.9 5.6 -
Dimensions in mm
Model
number
Valve
type
per stroke cm
1 stage
Weight
kg
Displacement
A C B D
nd
E
HP257 2-way 12.9 2.3
0.45
2.3
1.0
oil cap.
litres
Usable
5.0
45
38
45
effort
kg
Handle
38 15.2
2 stage
st
Two speed hand operated pumps for single acting cylinders and tools
Single speed hand operated pumps for single acting cylinders and tools
HP110
HP227
HP - MANUALLY OPERATED PUMPS - STEEL
F
558
544
545
566
566
597
597
128
128
168
168
134
134
135
135
145
145
145
150
40
40
53
53
F
D
E
C
B
A
HP257
30
C
Two speed operation
Six models with choice of control valve
The HP manually operated aluminium pump range offers two speed operation and all models are supplied
complete with a pre-filled oil reservoir, ready for immediate use. All models have a maximum working
pressure of 700 Bar and the range includes pump models suitable for use with either single or double
acting cylinders and tools. The HP range offers the ideal solution for applications where completely
independent, portable hydraulic power is required. With low handle effort characteristics for easy
operation and lightweight design, all models are of strong durable construction. Hi-Force HP manually
operated pumps have a proven track record industry wide and offer excellent value for money in portable
hydraulic power.
Oil reservoir capacity up to 5 litres
Lightweight aluminium construction
Changeover pressure 14 Bar
Model
number
HP232D
HP252D
HP212
4-way
4-way
2-way
8.7
13.6
4.0
2.0
5.0
1.0
40
40
40
12.9 2.3
12.9 2.3
HP232 2-way 6.9 2.0 40 12.9 2.3
HP252 2-way 9.6 5.0 40 12.9 2.3
12.9 2.3
Dimensions in mm
Valve
type
Weight
kg
oil cap.
litres
Usable
A
effort
kg
Handle
per stroke cm
1 stage
Displacement
2 stage
st nd
Two speed hand operated pumps for single acting cylinders and tools
Two speed hand operated pumps for double acting cylinders and tools
HP - MANUALLY OPERATED PUMPS - ALUMINIUM
HP211 2-way 12.9 1.0 27 2.0
D C E F
0.5
18NPT
3
8
/
315
B
A
B
C
F
388 135 100 143 40
540 611 142 100 143 40
540 611 160 140 140 50
585 611 160 140 168 50
555 627 160 140 182 50
605 627 160 140 196 50
D
E
HP211
HP232
31
C
High flow manual pump
2 stage with semi automatic change-over
The HP245 range of high flow, two speed, manually operated pumps is ideally suited for applications
where high tonnage cylinders are to be used on sites, without any available electric or compressed air
power supply. Both models are suitable for working pressures up to 700 Bar and the very high, low
pressure displacement (113 cm per stroke), enables fast piston extension (and retraction) under no
load. These high performance pumps are also ideally suited to multiple cylinder lifting applications where a
larger volume of oil is required to complete the job. Available with a 2-way valve for single acting cylinders
or a 4-way valve for double acting cylinders, both models are supplied with a pre-filled 10 litre oil reservoir
and are ready for immediate use.
HP245
Model
number
Valve
type
Weight
kg
oil cap.
litres
Usable
Material
nd
effort
kg
Handle
per stroke cm
1 stage
Displacement
2 stage
st
Two speed hand operated pump for single acting cylinders and tools
Two speed hand operated pump for double acting cylinders and tools
HP245D
Durable steel construction
Changeover pressure 28 Bar
Low handle effort characteristics
10 litres of usable oil capacity
Model
number
Dimensions in mm
A B C D E F G H I J K
HP245
HP245D
L
HP245D
420
2-Way
4-Way
113
113
4
4
10
10
40
40
Steel
Steel
29.5
31.0
HP - MANUALLY OPERATED PUMPS - HIGH FLOW
B C
D
A
G
H
E
F
I
J
M
L
K
M
420 180
180
124
124
15
15
1050
1050
200
200
63
63
47
47
700
700
390
390 205
205
173
173
270
270
32
C
Compact design
Two speed operation
Working pressure up to 2800 Bar
The XHP range of manually operated ultra high pressure hydraulic pumps is suitable for use in a wide range
of high pressure applications, such as oil injection for bushing removal, valve testing, calibration work,
laboratory burst and proof testing, etc. The two speed operation, with automatic changeover from low to
high presssure at 14 Bar, provides easy and low handle effort operation. The XHP1500 features an
integrated gauge as standard, the optional gauge kit for the XHP 2800 includes a three metre long high
pressure hose with swivel fittings on both ends. Both gauges provide accurate and reliable pressure
readings.
Low handle effort
Lightweight aluminium construction
XHP1500 includes gauge as standard, optional gauge kit for XHP2800.
Pump specification :
Optional gauge kit (for XHP2800 only) :
Supplied including adaptor to fit -16 UNF pump outlet port and 3m hose assembly with swivel fittings on both ends
XHP1500 BSP 7.0 575 620 170
-16 UNF 6.9 548 620 157 XHP2800
Model
number
Dimensions in mm
Outlet
port
Weight
kg
1500
2800
Working
pressure
bar
0.7
1.0
Usable oil
capacity
litres A B C
20.0 1.00
14.0 0.65
Displacement
per stroke (cm)
1 stage
st
2 stage
nd
Pump only
XHP2800GK
Model
number
Dimensions in mm Outlet
port
Weight
kg
Inner scale
reading
PSI
Outer scale
reading
Bar
0-45000 0-3000 9/16-18 UNF 1.5
Pump incl. gauge kit
Inlet
port
9/16-18 UNF
XHP - MANUALLY OPERATED ULTRA HIGH PRESSURE PUMP
D
84
140
A
XHP2800
XHP1500
XHP2800 inc XHP2800GK
A
B
C
D
E
E
110
170
F
90
36
F
548
B
738
C
237
D
140
E
170
F
36
33
C
HP227FPC
Two stage operation
Complete with accessories
The HP227FPC manually operated foot pump is supplied complete with 100mm diameter pressure gauge,
gauge mounting block and 3 metre length hydraulic hose with CM1 quick connect male coupler.
Ideally suited for use with Hi-Force CH series crimper heads (see pages 123 & 124) and all other Hi-Force
700 Bar maximum working pressure, hydraulic tools that require a remote pump operation,
the HP227FPC has a superb two speed low pressure displacement (12.9 cm per stroke) with automatic
changeover to high pressure displacement (2.3 cm per stroke) up to 700 Bar. Supplied with a pre-filled oil
reservoir offering a usable oil capacity of 2.3 litres, the HP227FPC is supplied ready for immediate use.
The HP227FP pump incorporates the same specification and features of the HP227FPC pump however is
supplied without the pressure gauge, gauge mounting block and 3 metre hose assembly.
3
3
HP227FP
HP227FPC 2-way 12.9 14.5 2.3 2.3 544 Steel 39
Dimensions in mm
Model
number
Valve
type
per stroke cm
1 stage
oil cap.
litres
Weight
kg
Displacement Usable
Material A D B
effort
kg
Handle
2 stage
st
HP227FP 2-way 12.9 2.3 2.3 39 Steel 12.5
HP227FPC & HP227FP - MANUALLY OPERATED FOOT PUMPS
nd
C E
200 78
544
763 227
200 78 715 185
A
B
C
D
E
34
C
L
i
g
h
t
On page 36 the HEP1 series two stage electric driven hydraulic mini pump range offers a choice of 110 or
240 Volt motor, with both models being suitable for 700 Bar maximum working pressure. The two stage
design offers a low pressure flow rate up to 2 litres/min with automatic changeover to high pressure, with a
flow rate up to 0.25 litres/min. Incorporating a 2-way solenoid valve and internal safety overload valve, both
models are extremely compact & lightweight, suitable for use with single acting Hi-Force cylinders or tools.
C
o
n
t
i
n
u
o
u
s
On page 40 the HEP3 series two stage electric driven hydraulic pump range has all the features of the
HEP2 series, but with an increased flow of 10 litres/min at low pressure and 1 litre/min at high pressure
(up to 700 Bar) these pumps are particularly useful when operating high tonnage or long stroke cylinders.
Both HEP2 and HEP3 range of electric pumps are fitted with totally enclosed, fan cooled, low noise, electric
motors, making them ideal for quiet in-works operation or outdoor site use in most environments.
On page 48 the HPP series two stage petrol engine driven hydraulic pump range offers all the modular
design and performance characteristics of the HAP series with the only principle difference being the
change of motive force from air driven to petrol engine driven. HPP series pumps are ideally suited for job
site locations where electrical or compressed air power supply are not readily available.
I
n
t
e
r
m
e
d
i
a
t
e
L
i
g
h
t
On pages 45 & 46 the AHP11 series of air driven single stage pumps offer an economical and faster
working alternative to basic hand operated pumps. Available with both 2-way and 4-way manually operated
control valves AHP series pumps incorporate an ergonomically designed pedal offering the operator the
choice of hand or foot operated control (excludes 4-way valve models). Remote air powered pendant
control options also available.
On page 47 the HAP series two stage air driven hydraulic pump range offers a low pressure flow rate of
10 litres/min, with automatic changeover to high pressure flow rate, of 1.3 litres/min up to the 700 Bar
maximum working pressure. The modular construction of these pumps ensures that many similar features
to the HEP2 & HEP3 series are included with the air motor driven motive force being the principle design
difference. I
n
t
e
r
m
e
d
i
a
t
e
I
n
t
e
r
m
e
d
i
a
t
eOn pages 43 & 44 the HSP series electric driven split flow hydraulic pump range offers users the
opportunity to operate up to 12 independent hydraulic outlets from within a single pump assembly. With
easy to operate controls HSP series pumps are ideally suited for synchronous lift applications particularly
where there is uneven load distribution between the multiple jacking points. All models are 380/440 volt
three phase electrical supply operation.
H
e
a
v
y

d
u
t
y
On page 41 the HEP5 series two stage electric driven hydraulic pump range offers the highest flow rate
combination in the Hi-Force range. Offering a low pressure flow rate of 17 litres/min with automatic
changeover to a superb high pressure flow rate of 2 litres/min. The HEP5 offers all the features of the
HEP2 and HEP3 series with the addition of a 2.2 kW high speed, heavy duty motor, making it the ideal
pump unit for all heavy duty applications, requiring a high flow and intensive usage over longer time periods.
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
On pages 37 & 38 the HEP103 series two stage electric driven hydraulic pump range offers a choice of
110 or 240 Volt electric driven motors. All models are suitable for 700 Bar maximum working pressure.
The two stage design offers a low pressure flow rate up to 2.5 litres/min with automatic changeover to
high pressure, with a flow rate up to 0.35 litres/min. Available with manual or solenoid valve options,
suitable for both single acting and double acting cylinders and tools in a wide variety of applications.
L
i
g
h
t

-

B
a
t
t
e
r
y
On page 35 the BPP107 series battery powered hydraulic pump is designed for operator convenience in
terms of handling (only 6.6 kg) and is driven by a powerful 14.4V long life battery. The pump incorporates an
automatic pressure relief and release valve meaning that the pressure automatically relieves once the pump
reaches its maximum pressure of 700 Bar, making the pump ideal for use with Hi-Force CH series crimping
tools, NS series Nut Splitters, HCH Cutters and HKP series knockout punchers.
I
n
t
e
r
m
e
d
i
a
t
e
On page 39 the HEP2 series two stage electric driven hydraulic pump range offers a low pressure flow rate of
7 litres/min with automatic changeover to high pressure flow rate of 0.65 litres/min up to 700 Bar with a
choice of 110, 240 or 380/440 Volt motor options. With 2, 3 or 4-way manual and electric solenoid valve
options the HEP2 series is suitable for a wide range of applications and is the most commonly selected
Hi-Force electric pump. All HEP2 series pumps are also fitted with an externally adjustable pressure relief
valve for easy adjustment up to the maximum working pressure of 700 Bar.
POWERED PUMPS - GENERAL INFORMATION
number
Model Max working
pressure
Oil Cap
litres
Oil Flow
lit/min
1st stage 2nd stage
BPP107 700 Bar 0.7 0.5 0.15
Weight
kg
6.6
The Hi-Force BPP107 battery powered hydraulic pump is designed for operator convenience in terms of
handling and power supply. Driven by a powerful 14.4V long life battery the unit takes away the physical effort
required by a manually operated hand or foot pump, whilst at the same time eliminating the need for an external
power source. The pumps ergonomic lightweight design (6.6 kg) also makes the unit very portable and user
friendly for the operator with a handy shoulder strap supplied with the pump. The pump incorporates an
automatic pressure relief and release valve meaning that the pressure automatically relieves once the pump
reaches its maximum pressure of 700 Bar, making the pump ideal for use with Hi-Force CH series crimping tools,
NS series Nut Splitters, HCH Cutters and HKP series knockout punchers.
Length Width Height
355 160 260
Dimensions in mm
BPP107
ACCESSORIES
Lightweight design
14.4V long life battery
Model
No Description
BP144
Model
No Description
Battery
Pack
14.4V
Car
cigarette
lighter
charger unit
MP220 Power supply
220/230V
to operate
unit directly
from mains
CCU144
Model
No Description
BP144
35
C
BPP - BATTERY POWERED HYDRAULIC PUMP
MP220
CCU144
Model
No Description
Charger
110V
CU110
CU110
CU220 Charger
220/230V
Note: Charger supplied
separately
36
C
Two-stage design, changeover pressure 10 Bar
Extremely compact, lightweight & powerful
HEP1212S
110 or 240V single phase motor options
Internal safety overload valve
Supplied with carrying strap
HEP1211S
HEP1212S
Model
number
Motor
voltage
240 V - 1Ph
110 V - 1 Ph
Maximum
pressure
bar
700
700
Valve
type
2-way
2-way
Usable
oil cap.
litres
0.8
0.8
Maximum flow rate
l/min
1 stage 2 stage
2.00 0.2
2.00 0.2
7.5
7.5
st nd
Weight
kg
The HEP1 range of two stage electric driven hydraulic mini pumps, offers the smallest and lightest weight,
electric powered pump in the Hi-Force product range. Available with a choice of 110 volt or 240 volt single
phase electric motor, both models feature an electric solenoid operated valve, complete with remote hand
pendant controller and 3 metre control cable as standard. The two stage design of these pumps
incorporates an automatic changeover from low to high pressure ensuring that an optimum pressure and
flow rate combination is achievable from an extremely compact pump.
B
G
Model
number
HEP1212S
HEP1211S
A B C D E
HEP1212S
HEP1211S
F G
F
E
A
C
D
333 269 140 139 138 110 105
333 269 140 139 138 110 105
Dimensions in mm
HEP1 - ELECTRIC DRIVEN LIGHTWEIGHT MINI PUMPS WITH CARRYING STRAP
37
C
Choice of valve options
Compact, lightweight & powerful
Model
number
Motor
voltage
Usable
oil capacity
litres
Weight
kg
Maximum
pressure
Bar
Remote pendant
functions
Changeover
pressure
Bar
Maximum flow rate
l/min
1 stage 2 stage
st nd
The HEP103 range of two stage electric driven hydraulic pumps is suitable for a wide variety of applications
and pumps are available in either 110 volt or 240 volt single phase electric motor options. Both voltage
options also offer a choice of manual or electrically operated control valves, available as 2-way, 3-way or
4-way options with additional features like open centre, closed centre and locking valve designs available.
Maximum working pressure is 700 Bar with automatic low to high pressure changeover fitted as standard.
All models are supplied complete with a glycerine filled hydraulic pressure gauge, pre-filled 4 litre usable oil
capacity reservoir with oil sight level gauge and an integral carrying handle for easy transportation of these
lightweight, compact and versatile pumps to the job site.
HEP103442
Note: All motors are dual frequency (50/60 Hz)
HEP103242LS 240 V - 1 Ph advance/retract 4 19.2 700 150 2.50 0.35
HEP103241LS 110 V - 1 Ph advance/retract 4 19.2 700 150 2.50 0.35
Models featuring 2-way solenoid valve, normally closed (hold function),
suitable for use with single acting cylinders and tools, requiring hold.
HEP103242S advance/retract 4 20.5 700 150 2.50 0.35
HEP103241S 110 V - 1Ph advance/retract 4 20.5 700 150 2.50 0.35
240 V - 1 Ph
Models featuring 2-way solenoid valve, normally open (auto retract function),
suitable for use with single acting cylinders and tools, requiring auto retract.
HEP103342 motor on/off 4 18.1 700 150 2.50 0.35
HEP103341 motor on/off 4 18.1 700 150 2.50 0.35 110 V - 1Ph
240 V - 1 Ph
Models featuring 3-way manually operated valve,
suitable for use with single acting cylinders and tools.
HEP103442 motor on/off 4 18.1 700 150 2.50 0.35
HEP103441 motor on/off 4 18.1 700 150 2.50 0.35 110 V - 1Ph
240 V - 1 Ph
Models featuring 4-way manually operated valve,
suitable for use with double acting cylinders and tools.
HEP103442LS advance/retract 4 20.5 700 150 2.50 0.35
HEP103441LS advance/retract 4 20.5 700 150 2.50 0.35 110 V - 1Ph
240 V - 1 Ph
Models featuring 4-way solenoid valve, locking feature on A and B port,
suitable for use with double acting cylinders and tools, requiring hold.
HEP103 - ELECTRIC DRIVEN TWO STAGE COMPACT PUMPS
Choice of valve options
Did you know .....
Hi-Force manufactures powered pumps with flow
rates up to 17 litres per minute in low pressure
and 2 litres per minute up to 700 Bar.
See pages 39 to 41 for more details
HEP103 Range
A
B
C
D
E
G
F
Dimensions in mm All models
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
170.0
19.0
117.5
141.5
342.0
170.0
212.0
Integral carrying handle
Pressure gauge and remote control fitted as standard
Suitable for single and double acting cylinders and hydraulic tools
All models are fitted with dual frequency (50/60 Hz) motor
C
38
HEP103 - ELECTRIC DRIVEN TWO STAGE COMPACT PUMPS
HEP103442LS
39
C
Manual valve with load holding feature
fitted as standard
Externally adjustable pressure relief valve
High pressure flow rate 0.65 ltr/min. up to 700 Bar
Low pressure flow rate 7 ltr/min. up to 70 Bar
Two stage hydraulic pump unit
A
B
C
D E
F
G
3
8-NPT /
Note: For optional extras please see page 42
Solenoid valve options available
Model
number
HEP207111
HEP207112
HEP207114
HEP207121
HEP207122
HEP207124
HEP207211
HEP207212
HEP207214
HEP207221
HEP207222
HEP207224
HEP207311
HEP207312
HEP207314
HEP207321
HEP207322
HEP207324
HEP207411
HEP207412
HEP207414
HEP207421
HEP207422
HEP207424
Valve
type
P-T Plate
2-way
3-way
4-way
P-T Plate
P-T Plate
P-T Plate
P-T Plate
P-T Plate
2-way
2-way
2-way
2-way
2-way
3-way
3-way
3-way
3-way
3-way
4-way
4-way
4-way
4-way
4-way
Oil cap.
litres
10
25
10
10
25
25
10
25
10
10
25
25
10
25
10
10
25
25
10
25
10
10
25
25
Motor
kW
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
Motor
voltage
110 / 115 V - 1Ph
220 / 240 V - 1Ph
380 / 440 V - 3Ph
Weight
kg
47.0
47.0
47.0
63.0
63.0
63.0
47.5
47.5
47.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
47.5
47.5
47.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
47.5
47.5
47.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
Dimensions in mm
A B C E G D F
498 198 230 246 221 368 438
498 198 230 246 221 368 438
498 198 230 246 221 368 438
527 227 259 306 281 490 570
527 227 259 306 281 490 570
527 227 259 306 281 490 570
498 198 230 246 221 368 438
498 198 230 246 221 368 438
498 198 230 246 221 368 438
527 227 259 306 281 490 570
527 227 259 306 281 490 570
527 227 259 306 281 490 570
498 198 230 246 221 368 438
498 198 230 246 221 368 438
498 198 230 246 221 368 438
527 227 259 306 281 490 570
527 227 259 306 281 490 570
527 227 259 306 281 490 570
498 198 230 246 221 368 438
498 198 230 246 221 368 438
498 198 230 246 221 368 438
527 227 259 306 281 490 570
527 227 259 306 281 490 570
527 227 259 306 281 490 570
110 / 115 V - 1Ph
220 / 240 V - 1Ph
380 / 440 V - 3Ph
110 / 115 V - 1Ph
220 / 240 V - 1Ph
380 / 440 V - 3Ph
110 / 115 V - 1Ph
220 / 240 V - 1Ph
380 / 440 V - 3Ph
110 / 115 V - 1Ph
220 / 240 V - 1Ph
380 / 440 V - 3Ph
110 / 115 V - 1Ph
220 / 240 V - 1Ph
380 / 440 V - 3Ph
110 / 115 V - 1Ph
220 / 240 V - 1Ph
380 / 440 V - 3Ph
110 / 115 V - 1Ph
220 / 240 V - 1Ph
380 / 440 V - 3Ph
HEP207422
HEP2 - ELECTRIC DRIVEN PUMPS - GENERAL DUTY MEDIUM FLOW
40
C
A
B
C
D E
F
G
3
8-NPT /
HEP310322S
HEP3 - ELECTRIC DRIVEN PUMPS - GENERAL DUTY HIGH FLOW
Model
number
HEP310121
HEP310122
HEP310124
HEP310141
HEP310142
HEP310144
HEP310221
HEP310222
HEP310224
HEP310241
HEP310242
HEP310244
HEP310321
HEP310322
HEP310324
HEP310341
HEP310342
HEP310344
HEP310421
HEP310422
HEP310424
HEP310441
HEP310442
HEP310444
Valve
type
P-T Plate
2-way
3-way
4-way
P-T Plate
P-T Plate
P-T Plate
P-T Plate
P-T Plate
2-way
2-way
2-way
2-way
2-way
3-way
3-way
3-way
3-way
3-way
4-way
4-way
4-way
4-way
4-way
Oil cap.
litres
25
40
25
25
40
40
25
40
25
25
40
40
25
40
25
25
40
40
25
40
25
25
40
40
Motor
kW
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
Motor
voltage
110 / 115 V - 1Ph
220 / 240 V - 1Ph
380 / 440 V - 3Ph
Weight
kg
63.5
63.5
63.5
88.5
88.5
88.5
64.0
64.0
64.0
89.0
89.0
89.0
64.0
64.0
64.0
89.0
89.0
89.0
64.0
64.0
64.0
89.0
89.0
89.0
Dimensions in mm
A B C E G D F
527 227 259 306 281 490 570
527 227 259 306 281 490 570
527 227 259 306 281 490 570
636 336 368 306 281 490 560
636 336 368 306 281 490 560
636 336 368 306 281 490 560
527 227 259 306 281 490 570
527 227 259 306 281 490 570
527 227 259 306 281 490 570
636 336 368 306 281 490 560
636 336 368 306 281 490 560
636 336 368 306 281 490 560
527 227 259 306 281 490 570
527 227 259 306 281 490 570
527 227 259 306 281 490 570
636 336 368 306 281 490 560
636 336 368 306 281 490 560
636 336 368 306 281 490 560
527 227 259 306 281 490 570
527 227 259 306 281 490 570
527 227 259 306 281 490 570
636 336 368 306 281 490 560
636 336 368 306 281 490 560
636 336 368 306 281 490 560
110 / 115 V - 1Ph
220 / 240 V - 1Ph
380 / 440 V - 3Ph
110 / 115 V - 1Ph
220 / 240 V - 1Ph
380 / 440 V - 3Ph
110 / 115 V - 1Ph
220 / 240 V - 1Ph
380 / 440 V - 3Ph
110 / 115 V - 1Ph
220 / 240 V - 1Ph
380 / 440 V - 3Ph
110 / 115 V - 1Ph
220 / 240 V - 1Ph
380 / 440 V - 3Ph
110 / 115 V - 1Ph
220 / 240 V - 1Ph
380 / 440 V - 3Ph
110 / 115 V - 1Ph
220 / 240 V - 1Ph
380 / 440 V - 3Ph
High pressure flow rate 1 ltr/min. up to 700 Bar
Low pressure flow rate 10 ltr/min. up to 70 Bar
fitted as standard
41
C
Externally adjustable pressure
relief valve
Manual valve with load holding
feature fitted as standard
High pressure flow rate 2 ltr/min up to 700 Bar
Low pressure flow rate 17 ltr/min up to 70 Bar
HEP517464
Model
number
HEP517142
HEP517144
HEP517162
HEP517164
HEP517242
HEP517244
HEP517262
HEP517264
HEP517342
HEP517344
HEP517362
HEP517364
HEP517442
HEP517444
HEP517462
HEP517464
Valve
type
P-T Plate
P-T Plate
P-T Plate
P-T Plate
2-way
2-way
2-way
2-way
3-way
3-way
3-way
3-way
4-way
4-way
4-way
4-way
Oil cap.
litres
40
40
60
60
40
40
60
60
40
40
60
60
40
40
60
60
Motor
kW
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
Motor
voltage
220 / 240
380 / 440
220 / 240
380 / 440
220 / 240
380 / 440
220 / 240
380 / 440
220 / 240
380 / 440
220 / 240
380 / 440
220 / 240
380 / 440
220 / 240
380 / 440
Weight
kg
88.5
88.5
120.0
120.0
89.0
89.0
120.0
120.0
89.0
89.0
120.0
120.0
89.0
89.0
120.0
120.0
Dimensions in mm
A B C E G D F
636 336 368 306 281 490 560
636 336 368 306 281 490 560
657 357 389 406 381 513 583
657 357 389 406 381 513 583
636 336 368 306 281 490 560
636 336 368 306 281 490 560
657 357 389 406 381 513 583
657 357 389 406 381 513 583
636 336 368 306 281 490 560
636 336 368 306 281 490 560
657 357 389 406 381 513 583
657 357 389 406 381 513 583
636 336 368 306 281 490 560
636 336 368 306 281 490 560
657 357 389 406 381 513 583
657 357 389 406 381 513 583
F
A
B
C
D E
3
8-NPT /
HEP5 - ELECTRIC DRIVEN PUMPS - HEAVY DUTY HIGH FLOW
G
F
42
C
Model
number
PPA10RF
PPA25RF
All pumps with 10L tank
For all HEP and HAP models
PPA40RF All pumps with 40L tank
PPA60RF All pumps with 60L tank
Protective roll frame
Model
number For all HEP, HAP and HPP models
PPA40WT Wheel trolley for all 25 and 40
litre model pumps.
Wheel trolley
Suffix
S All HEP2, 3 and 5 series electric pumps
can be supplied with low voltage (24V)
solenoid valve, either in 3-way or 4-way
versions, both featuring a locking
feature and remote pendant control as
standard
Low voltage solenoid valve with hand pendant controller
Suffix
H
60Hz Electric Motor
Description
Description
All pumps can be supplied with roll frame factory fitted.
Just suffix pump model number with P.
All HEP2, 3 and 5 series electric pumps
can be supplied with an electric motor
suitable for 60 Hz.
All pumps with 25L tank
PPA60WT Wheel trolley for all 60 litre
model pumps.
All pumps can be supplied with wheel trolley factory fitted.
Just suffix pump model number with WT.
To order pump with solenoid valve,
just suffix pump model number with S.
To order pump with 60Hz motor,
just suffix pump model number with H.
suffix S
suffix H
Roll frame
Wheel trolley
ACCESSORIES FOR POWERED PUMPS
43
C
Multiple outlet valve options
Precise control to achieve synchronised lift
Model
number
HSP24E54
HSP64E104
HSP104E104
HSP24M54
HSP44E104
HSP84E104
HSP124E104
2 x 4-way
6 x 4-way
10 x 4-way
configuration
Valve
2 x 4-way
12 x 4-way
4 x 4-way
8 x 4-way
Weight
kg
Motor
voltage
380 / 440
380 / 440
380 / 440
380 / 440
380 / 440
380 / 440
380 / 440
0.9
0.9
0.7
Oil flow
per outlet
l/min
0.9
1.1
0.9
0.6
Valve
type
manual
electric
electric
electric
electric
electric
electric
178
180
274
335
370
414
460
The HSP range of electric driven, split flow, hydraulic pumps is designed to deliver equal volumes of oil from
each individual control valve regardless of any variations in the hydraulic pressure. The range offers a
selection of outlet valve configurations ranging from a 2-outlet model with manually operated directional
control valves, through to a 12-outlet model with electric solenoid operated valves. Each valve outlet is
connected directly to an independent internal piston pump which is driven by a common electric motive
force. This technology allows each internal piston pump to deliver an equal amount of oil flow per minute
regardless of any variations in the required operating pressure at each control valve outlet. With HSP split
flow pumps lifting and positioning large, unevenly weighted loads using multiple jacking points in a
synchronised, level lift and controlled manner is easily achievable. Individual control of each valve on all
electric valve versions, is via a specially made electric control box with easily identifiable on/off switches for
each applicable valve plus a synchronised lift control button for all of the selected control valves. There is
also a remote hand pendant control system supplied which can easily be wired to the pump mounted
control box. Model HSP24M54 is fitted with two pump mounted, manually operated 4-way valves,
which can easily be activated by a single operator. Maximum working pressure of all HSP pumps is 700 Bar
with an externally adjustable pressure relief valve for easy pressure adjustment between 70 and 700 Bar.
Electric motors are 380/440 volt three phase operation and individual oil outlet flows range from 0.6 to
1.8 litres per minute. A full range of system components is available and detailed on pages 49 to 56.
Version with manual control valve
Versions with low voltage (24 V) control valve, control box and pendant
Oil
Capacity
Litres
50
50
100
100
150
200
240
HSP44E104
HSP34E104 3 x 4-way 380 / 440 1.8 electric 335 100
Note: 3-way valve options available on request
HSP - ELECTRIC DRIVEN SPLIT FLOW MULTI-OUTLET PUMPS
44
C
Reservoir capacity 50 or 100 litres
Choice of manual or electric valve options
Consistent single speed flow rate
Model
number
HSP24E54
HSP64E104
HSP104E104
Dimensions in mm
HSP24M54
HSP44E104
HSP84E104
HSP124E104
for control of maximum system pressure
Equal output flow regardless of pressure
Control panel with selector switches for
each individual outlet, allowing for single
or multiple (synchronised) operation
HSP34E104
HSP44E104
460
460
460
460
470
470
470
470
A B
570
570
570
570
800
800
800
800
C
1530
1270
1010
750
920
920
500
500
817
D
1085
1085
1085
920
920
920
817
C B
A
D
Hi-Force HSP series split flow pumps fitted with
low voltage solenoid valves are complete with a
low voltage control system, which allows the
user to individually or simultaneously control
each valve and the movement of the lifting
cylinder pistons. Once the load is correctly
supported, by the selected cylinder pistons, the
synchronised lift operation can commence.
The operation of the HSP Pump Unit can be
entirely controlled form the remote control
panel, which features individual valve on/off
switches and a set of cylinder piston lift and
lower buttons that can be individually selected
for inclusion in the lift operation.
HSP - ELECTRIC DRIVEN SPLIT FLOW PUMPS
50
50
100
100
100
150
200
240
Litres
Oil capacity
45
C
Choice of 2-way or 4-way control valves
Reservoir oil sight level gauge
Standard oil reservoir capacities up to 10 litres
The AHP11 single stage air powered hydraulic pump range provides an economical, portable alternative
to manually operated hydraulic pumps. Designed to operate from a standard 7 Bar compressed air
supply, these versatile compact pumps are ideally suited for use with Hi-Force hydraulic cylinders and tools
in maintenance and construction applications. The ergonomically designed pump treadle can be operated
by hand or foot for better versatility. With a choice of reservoir capacities, all models are supplied pre-filled
with hydraulic oil ready for immediate use. A full range of system components suitable for use with
AHP11 series pumps is detailed on pages 49 - 56.
Operates from standard 7 Bar air supply
AHP1120
AHP1141
AHP1141
Model
number
AHP1120
AHP1121
AHP1122
AHP1142
700
Maximum
pressure
bar
700
700
700
700
0.8
Maximum
flow rate
l/min
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
4-way
Valve
type
2-way
2-way
2-way
4-way
5.0
Usable
oil capacity
litres
2.4
5.0
10.0
10.0
1/4"
Air inlet
connection
G
1/4"
1/4"
1/4"
1/4"
3/8"
Oil outlet
connection
NPTF
3/8"
3/8"
3/8"
3/8"
9.5
Weight
4.7
9.0
17.8
18.3
kg
OPTIONAL REMOTE PENDANT:
Please suffix model number with R for
remote pendant options to suit AHP1120,
AHP1121 and AHP1122.
AHP11 - AIR DRIVEN SINGLE STAGE HAND OR FOOT OPERATED PUMPS
Filter, regulator & lubricator units for use
in combination with air driven pump
units are also available.
Please see page 86 for more details.
46
C
AHP1120
AHP1141
Model
number
AHP1120
AHP1121
AHP1122
Dimensions in mm
AHP1141
A
365
420
464
420
E
66-90
H
125
114
158
114
AHP1142 464
F
*
*
108
G
210
223
274
265
315 158
AHP1120
AHP1121
AHP1122
AHP1141
AHP1142
B
A
F D
E
C
G
H
A
B
H
G
F
C
D
E
B
560
560
*
*
*
C
237
380
380
*
D
157
240
240
*Not applicable
220
220
*
*
*
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
1.2
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750
Oil Flow / Pressure Chart
Hydraulic Pressure (Bar)
H
y
d
r
a
u
l
i
c

f
l
o
w

(
l
/
m
i
n
)
2.8 bar
4.2 bar
5.6 bar
6.9 bar
8.3 bar
Airline pressure
Air consumption
400 L/min
210
* *
210
AHP11 - AIR DRIVEN SINGLE STAGE HAND OR FOOT OPERATED PUMPS
47
C
High pressure flow rate 1.3 litres/min
Low pressure flow rate 10 litres/min up to 70 Bar
Powerful air motor
Choice of control valves
HAP21026
The HAP two stage air powered hydraulic pump range offers a low pressure flow of 10 litres/min with
automatic changeover to 700 Bar high pressure flow rate of 1.3 litres/min. Driven by a powerful 3 kW
rotary air motor with a maximum air consumption of 2.4m per minute at 7 Bar inlet air pressure, the HAP
range offers a choice of pump mounted or remote control valves (page 55) and oil reservoirs all fitted with
filler and drain plugs. A full range of system components suitable for use with HAP pump units is detailed on
pages 49 - 56.
3
A
B
C
D E
F
G
3
8-NPT /
Model
number
HAP21011
HAP21012
HAP21014
HAP21016
HAP21021
HAP21022
HAP21024
HAP21026
HAP21031
HAP21032
HAP21034
HAP21036
HAP21041
HAP21042
HAP21044
HAP21046
Valve
type
P-T Plate
2-way
4-way
P-T Plate
P-T Plate
P-T Plate
2-way
2-way
2-way
3-way
3-way
3-way
3-way
4-way
4-way
4-way
Oil cap.
litres
10
60
25
40
10
25
40
25
60
10
40
60
10
60
25
40
Motor
kW
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
Weight
kg
41.5
57.5
71.5
96.5
42.0
58.0
72.0
97.0
42.0
58.0
72.0
97.0
42.0
58.0
72.0
97.0
Dimensions in mm
A B C E G D F
393 198 230 246 221 368 438
422 227 259 306 281 490 570
531 336 368 306 281 490 560
552 357 389 406 381 513 583
393 198 230 246 221 368 438
422 227 259 306 281 490 570
531 336 368 306 281 490 560
552 357 389 406 381 513 583
393 198 230 246 221 368 438
422 227 259 306 281 490 570
531 336 368 306 281 490 560
552 357 389 406 381 513 583
393 198 230 246 221 368 438
422 227 259 306 281 490 570
531 336 368 306 281 490 560
552 357 389 406 381 513 583
fitted as standard
Note: For optional extras, please see page 42
HAP - AIR DRIVEN PUMPS - GENERAL DUTY HIGH FLOW
High pressure flow rate 1.3 litres/min
Low pressure flow rate 10 litres/min up to 70 Bar
Powerful 3.35 kW four stroke petrol engine
Roll bar protection frame included
Manual valve with load holding feature fitted as standard
The HPP range of two stage petrol engine driven hydraulic
pumps is ideally suited for applications in locations where
there is no electricity or compressed air supply available.
The range has similar reservoir and valve options (excluding
solenoid valves) as electric and air powered pumps.
All models are 700 Bar maximum working pressure and offer
a low pressure flow rate of 10 litres/min with automatic
changeover to a high pressure flow rate of 1.3 litres/min.
Powered by a 3.35 kW rated four stroke engine, the HPP
range provides reliable, independent hydraulic power.
All models are fitted with a protective roll bar carrying frame
for easy transportation and handling. A full range of system
components suitable for use with HPP pumps is detailed on
pages 49 - 56.
Model
number
HPP21012
HPP21014
HPP21016
HPP21022
HPP21024
HPP21026
HPP21032
HPP21034
HPP21036
HPP21042
HPP21044
HPP21046
Dimensions in mm Valve
type
P-T Plate
3-way
P-T Plate
P-T Plate
2-way
2-way
2-way
3-way
3-way
4-way
4-way
4-way
Oil cap.
litres
25
25
40
60
40
60
25
25
40
60
40
60
Motor
kW
3.35
3.35
3.35
3.35
3.35
3.35
3.35
3.35
3.35
3.35
3.35
3.35
Weight
kg
70.5
85.5
113.5
71.0
86.0
114.0
71.0
86.0
114.0
71.0
86.0
114.0
A B C D E
570 306 686 227 259
570 306 795 336 368
583 406 816 357 389
570 306 686 227 259
570 306 795 336 368
583 406 816 357 389
570 306 686 227 259
570 306 795 336 368
583 406 816 357 389
570 306 686 227 259
570 306 795 336 368
583 406 816 357 389
48
C
HPP - PETROL ENGINE DRIVEN PUMPS - GENERAL DUTY HIGH FLOW
HPP21044
A
B
C
D
E
-18NPT
3
8
/
49
D
High pressure hydraulic hoses
Premium grade hydraulic oil
Pressure gauges and gauge mounting blocks
High pressure couplers, fittings and adaptors
Directional and flow control valves
Distribution blocks, controlled manifolds and
manifold stations with pressure gauges
Hydraulic Hoses
Hydraulic Oil
Pressure Gauges
Couplers & Fittings
Control Valves
Manifolds
Pages
50 - 51
Page
51
Page
52
Page
54
Pages
55 - 56
Page
53
SYSTEM COMPONENTS
50
D
4:1 Factor of safety
Special lengths available on request
Hi-Force high pressure hydraulic hoses provide the
vital, high quality, safe connection for your hydraulic
equipment. Available in black and red and supplied
complete with an ergonomically designed protective
strain reliever at both ends, Hi-Force high pressure
hoses are suitable for working pressures up to
700 Bar with a 4 : 1 factor of safety.
Tip for double acting systems ...
Length
Metres
No couplers
0.5 HH0.5 HC0.5 HC0.5C
- 18 NPT male
3
8
/
30.0
1.0 HH1 HC1 HC1C
2.0 HH2 HC2 HC2C
3.0 HH3 HC3 HC3C
HH30 HC30
4.0 HH4 HC4 HC4C
5.0 HH5 HC5 HC5C
6.0 HH6 HC6 HC6C
10.0 HH10 HC10 HC10C
12.0 HH12 HC12 HC12C
15.0 HH15 HC15 HC15C
20.0 HH20 HC20 HC20C
25.0 HH25 HC25 HC25C
HC30C
Hose bore is 6.6mm and outside diameter is 12.7mm for all models:
HC2
fittings both ends
- 18 NPT male fitting
3
8
/
one end with CM1 coupler
fitted one end
By using black hoses for the advance lines and red
hoses (see next page) for the retract lines,
identification is made easy and the possibility of
incorrectly connected hoses is reduced.
CM1 male couplers
fitted both ends
HIGH PRESSURE HYDRAULIC HOSES - BLACK
51
D
HYDRAULIC OIL
Hi-Force premium grade
hydraulic oil is specially
formulated for use
with Hi-Force hydraulic
tools, providing optimum
performance throughout
all working conditions.
HFO32-1
HFO32-5
HFO32-25
HFO46-1
HFO46-5
HFO46-25
Model
number
HFO46-5 HFO32-1
1
5
25
1
5
25
Capacity
litres For use with
Powered pumps
Powered pumps
Powered pumps
Hand grip protective strain relievers
Choice of hose end combinations
Plastic protective end caps included
HH0.5R HC0.5R HC0.5CR
HH1R HC1R HC1CR
HH2R HC2R HC2CR
HH3R HC3R HC3CR
HH30R HC30R
HH4R HC4R HC4CR
HH5R HC5R HC5CR
HH6R HC6R HC6CR
10.0 HH10R HC10R HC10CR
HH20R HC20R HC20CR
HC30CR
0.5
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
30.0
20.0
HC10R
Hose bore is 6.6mm and outside diameter is 12.7mm for all models:
Length
Metres
No couplers
- 18 NPT male
3
8
/
fittings both ends
- 18 NPT male fitting
3
8
/
one end with CM1 coupler
fitted one end
CM1 male couplers
fitted both ends
HIGH PRESSURE HYDRAULIC HOSES - RED
52
D
Manufactured to EN837-1
Clear precise dual scale readings
Calibration certificates on request
Hi-Force hydraulic pressure gauges are your window to the system and are recommended for use within
all hydraulic systems to allow the user to constantly monitor the system pressure. Hi-Force hydraulic
pressure gauges are manufactured to EN837-1 and are accurate to +/- 1% of full scale. Standard range
models up to 109 tonnes are featured in this catalogue, however gauges to suit Hi-Force high tonnage
cylinders & digital pressure gauges are available on request. Always specify Hi-Force pressure gauges for
use with your Hi-Force hydraulic tools.
Gauge mounting blocks :
HG63G
HG1
HG10
Model
number
HG63G
HG1
HG1G
HG5
HG10
HG11
HG20
HG23
HG25
HG32
HG33
HG50
HG61
HG102
HG109
HG2
HG2G
Gauges :
Gauge
diameter
mm
63
100
150
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
150
type
Gauge
glycerine
dry
glycerine
glycerine
dry
dry
dry
dry
dry
dry
dry
dry
dry
dry
dry
dry
dry
Reading
scale
Inner
0-700 Bar
0-1.000 Bar
0-700 Bar
0-700 Bar
0-700 Bar
0-700 Bar
0-700 Bar
0-700 Bar
0-700 Bar
0-700 Bar
0-700 Bar
0-700 Bar
0-700 Bar
0-700 Bar
0-700 Bar
0-700 Bar
0-700 Bar
Inlet
thread
-14NPT
-14NPT
-14NPT
-14NPT
-14NPT
-14NPT
-14NPT
-14NPT
-14NPT
-14NPT
-14NPT
-14NPT
-14NPT
-14NPT
-14NPT
-14NPT
-18NPT
Weight
kg
0.9
1.0
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
1.6
1.7
0.2
Compatible
Hi-Force cylinders
All models
All models
All models
All models
All models
All 4.5 tonnes models
All 10 tonnes models
scale
Outer
0-15.000 Psi
0-10.000 Psi
0-10.000 Psi
0-10.000 Psi
0-10.000 Psi
0-4.5 tonnes
0-10 tonnes
0-11 tonnes
0-20 tonnes
0-23 tonnes
0-109 tonnes
0-102 tonnes
0-61 tonnes
0-50 tonnes
0-33 tonnes
0-32 tonnes
0-25 tonnes
Reading
Model
number
Dimensions
Weight
kg
Length
mm mm
Width
mm
Height
thread
Gauge Inlet
thread
Outlet
thread
HGA1 75 32 32 -14NPT 8
3
-18NPT male
/
8
3
-18NPT female
/
0.25
HGA2 170 32 32 -14NPT 8
3
-18NPT male
/
8
3
-18NPT female
/
0.85
HGA1-25 75 32 32 -18NPT 8
3
-18NPT male
/
8
3
-18NPT female
/
0.30
HGA2-25 170 32 32 -18NPT 8
3
-18NPT male
/
8
3
-18NPT female
/
0.90
PRESSURE GAUGES & GAUGE MOUNTING BLOCKS
HG2G
HGA2 HGA1-25
53
D
Choice of open or controlled manifolds
2, 4, 5, 6 or 8 outlet port models available
Hi-Force manifolds are designed specifically to allow easy control of the direction of flow of the hydraulic fluid
within the system. Supplied either as open manifold blocks or with individual needle type shut off/throttle
valves on each 3/8 NPT outlet, Hi-Force manifolds provide even greater versatility in your hydraulic system.
The range offers 9 models with a choice of up to 8 outlets per manifold and all models are suitable for
700 Bar maximum working pressure.
HM2
HM4
HM6
HM* & HM*L HM5
A
B
C
D
E
F
B
C
HM*C
C
B
A
D
D
D
HM4C
Model
number
HM2
HM4
HM5
HM6
HM6L
HM2C
HM4C
HM4L
HM8
Type
manifold
manifold
manifold
manifold
manifold
controlled manifold
controlled manifold
manifold
manifold
of
outlets
Number
2
4
5
6
6
2
4
4
8
8
3
/
8
3
/
8
3
/
8
3
/
8
3
/
8
3
/
8
3
/
8
3
/
8
3
/
2 x -18NPT
4 x -18NPT
5 x -18NPT
6 x -18NPT
6 x -18NPT
2 x -18NPT
4 x -18NPT
4 x -18NPT
8 x -18NPT
Weight
kg
1.0
1.5
0.7
2.0
3.7
2.0
3.5
2.4
2.5
Design
parallel
parallel
hexagon
parallel
extended parallel
parallel
parallel
extended parallel
parallel
A
114
214
-
314
414
394
614
150
350
B
32
32
41
32
32
32
32
51
51
C
32
32
51
32
32
32
32
38
38
D
50
50
-
50
50
110
110
100
100
E
-
-
M6
-
-
-
-
-
-
F
-
-
38
-
-
-
-
-
-
-18NPT
-18NPT
-18NPT
-18NPT
-18NPT
-18NPT
-18NPT
-18NPT
-18NPT
8
3
/
8
3
/
8
3
/
8
3
/
8
3
/
8
3
/
8
3
/
8
3
/
8
3
/
Dimensions in mm
Outlet Inlet
Female Threads
Model no. Description
4-Way controlled manifold unit, suitable for single acting systems.
Supplied complete with four pressure gauges, reading 0-700 Bar, female coupler
on inlet port and four female couplers on outlet ports. All mounted on a sturdy
framework.
HM4C-DU
HM4C-SU
HM4C-SU
Model no.
4-Way controlled manifold unit, suitable for double acting systems.
Supplied complete with four pressure gauges, reading 0-700 Bar, female coupler
on inlet port and four female couplers on outlet ports. Also included is a 4-way
open manifold for return flow, again with female couplers on inlet and outlet ports.
All mounted on a sturdy framework.
HM4C-DU
Description
MANIFOLDS
54
D
Large selection of standard adaptors
Hi-Force high pressure couplers and fittings are designed for easy system connection and assembly of your
Hi-Force hydraulic equipment. All Hi-Force couplers and fittings are suitable for 700 Bar maximum working
pressure. Hi-Force recommends the use of threaded dust caps with quick connect couplers to protect the
thread of the coupler and at the same time prevent any contaminants entering your hydraulic system.
Always specify Hi-Force couplers and fittings for use with your Hi-Force hydraulic tools.
Safety first !
Be sure to use genuine Hi-Force
couplers and fittings which are
designed to withstand the full
700 Bar working pressure.
Model
number Description Thread specification
HF7
HF10
HF13
HF14
HF15
HF16
HF17
HF19
HF24
CF1
CM1
CMF1
CF2
CM2
CMF2
CFD1
CMD1
CFD2
CMD2
PPC1
HF30
HF31
HF33
HF55
HF69
HF27
NPT male to NPT male
1
4
/ 1
4
/
3
8
/ 3
8
/
3
8
/ 3
8
/
NPT female to NPT female
3
8
/ 3
8
/
NPT female
3
8
/
3
8
/ 3
8
/
3
8
/ 1
4
/
NPT female to NPT male
3
8
/ 3
8
/
NPT male to BSP female
3
8
/ 3
8
/
NPT male to NPT female
3
8
/ 1
4
/
3
8
/ 3
8
/
NPT male to BSPT female
3
8
/ 1
4
/
3
8
/ 1
4
/
BSP male to NPT female
1
2
/ 3
8
/
1
4
/ 3
8
/
NPT male
3
8
/
NPT female
3
8
/
NPT
3
8
/
NPT male
1
4
/
NPT female
1
4
/
NPT
1
4
/
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
HF8
Nipple
Elbow
HF12 NPT female
3
8
/
Equal tee
Cross
Adaptor
Reducer
Elbow
Nipple
Long nipple
Adaptor
Female coupler
Male coupler
Complete coupler
Female coupler
Male coupler
Complete coupler
Metal dust cap for CF1
Metal dust cap for CM1
Metal dust cap for CF2
Metal dust cap for CM2
Moulded universal dust cap to suit CF1 & CM1
Reducer
Tee
Reducer
Reducer
Adaptor
Nipple
Adaptor NPT female to NPT female
1
4
/ 1
4
/
See
picture
1
2
4
5
5
6
1
1
7
9
10
9 + 10
9
10
9 + 10
11
12
11
12
13
7
8
7
7
7
1
5
3
HIGH PRESSURE COUPLERS AND FITTINGS
55
D
Pump or remote mounted design
Manual or solenoid options available
Hi-Force control valves are designed to provide precise control of the
hydraulic system either by accurate pressure or directional flow
control. The PMV range of pump mounted valves is identical to the
valves fitted to the Hi-Force powered pumps featured on pages
39-41, 43-44, 47, 48 and can be easily interchanged, making your
powered pump even more versatile. The RMV range allows for
remote mounting away from the pump. Always specify Hi-Force
control valves for use with your Hi-Force hydraulic tools. Flow control
values are featured on the next page.
Directional control valves :
Model number
Description
PMV2
PMV3
PMV4
RMV3
RMV4
Manual valve
no load holding
PMV3L
PMV4L
RMV3L
RMV4L
Manual valve
with load holding
PMV3S
PMV4S
RMV3S
RMV4S
Solenoid valve
24V incl. control
PMV3C
PMV4C
RMV3C
RMV4C
Manual valve
closed centre
Pump mounted, 2-way, 2 position valve
Remote mounted, 3-way, 3 position valve
Remote mounted, 4-way, 3 position valve
PMV2
A
P T
PMV3
RMV3
PMV3C
RMV3C
A
P T
A
P T
PMV4
RMV4
PMV4C
RMV4C
PMV4L
RMV4L
A B
P T
A B
P T
A
B
P T
PMV3L
RMV3L
A
P T
PMV2
- - -
PMV4
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES
56
D
HM1C
HFV66
HPV152
HFV42
HFV66
HM1C
HFV42
/
18 NPT connections
Ensures system safety and control
3
8
HM1C
HFV66
HPV152
HFV42
Dimensions in mm
Model Number Length Height Width
Dimensions in mm
Dimensions in mm
Dimensions in mm
Manual shut off valve with needle type flow control. Used for load holding
and throttling functions. Can also be used as a gauge isolator.
82 64 38
86 75 47
Manual check valve used for automatic load locking, with precise manual
load lowering feature.
Adjustable pressure relief valve, for pressure setting from 55 to 700 Bar.
Supplied complete with return line hose.
102 64 32
Pilot operated check valve used as a safety valve for double acting cylinders.
Pilot port connects to cylinder retract line.
84 64 32
FLOW CONTROL VALVES
Aluminium jacks
Plain piston, claw jacks and locking ring design
Aluminium jacks
Compact multi-purpose design
Steel & aluminium jacks
Compact low height design
Steel jacks
Conventional bottle jack design
Steel jacks
Combination head and toe lift design
Steel jacks
Low height access machine lift design
57
Steel & aluminium jacks
Compact low height hollow piston design
JAH Range
JAS Range
JCS Range
JSS Range
HCJ Range
HMJ Range
JCH Range
E
Page
58
Page
58
Page
59
Page
60
Page
60
Page
61
Page
59
JACKS
58
E
Internal safety overload device
The JAH and JAS ranges of lightweight aluminium jacks offers a wide variety of capacities and lift height
options. Available as either plain ram lifting jacks, with or without failsafe mechanical lock ring, or optional
low height claw lifting design, all models are constructed predominantly of lightweight aluminium alloy with
all critical functioning parts manufactured from high quality steel. Used extensively in maintenance,
construction, heavy plant and machinery applications, these high quality jacks are the proven industry
standard.
Lightweight construction
Stroke limiting device
Available as plain ram jack, claw jack or
failsafe locking ring design
JAH1230
JAH1230SR
JAH1230C
JAS103
JAH630
JAH630C
Model
number
JAH1230
JAH660
JAH1260
Jack with plain piston & lifting claw & with extended base
JAH620C
JAH1220C
JAH630C
JAH1230C
JAH660C
JAH1260C
Jack with failsafe locking ring
JAH620SR
JAH1220SR
JAH630SR
JAH1230SR
JAH660SR
Dimensions in mm
JAH620
JAH1220
JAH630
JAH1260SR
Jack
capacity
Claw
capacity Stroke
mm
Weight
kg tonnes tonnes
30
60
60
20
20
30
30
60
60
20
20
30
30
60
20
20
30
60
-
-
-
8
8
12
12
24
24
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
305
152
305
152
305
152
305
152
305
152
305
152
305
152
152
305
152
305
24
28
44
15
23
21
32
44
65
13
19
17
25
30
11
17
16
46
Base
length
Base
width
Closed
height
Toe
height
451
293
500
280
456
281
472
327
540
289
464
292
479
330
263
438
263
536
-
-
-
67
67
73
73
73
73
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
273
251
342
246
246
273
273
342
342
178
246
203
273
251
178
246
203
342
140
190
190
121
121
140
140
190
190
121
121
140
140
190
121
121
140
190
Jack with plain piston
JAS105
JAS103
10
10
-
-
75
125
4.3
5.7
131
181
162
162
75
75 -
-
Note: JAS103 and JAS105 feature spring assisted piston retraction.
JAH & JAS - ALUMINIUM JACKS
59
E
JCH - COMPACT JACKS - HOLLOW PISTON
Capacity of 13 and 21 tonnes
Operate in any position
Lightweight and compact
JCH13
JCH21
13
21
41
45
5.5
8.0
Operate in any position
Lightweight and compact
Spring assisted return piston
Multi-position pump mechanism
Model
number
Dimensions in mm
Weight
kg
JCS10 4.5
JCS20 5.5
JCS30
Capacity
tonnes
10
20
30
Stroke
mm
35
41
45
Sealed hydraulic system
240 76 38 266
257 95 51 281
70
8.0
25 101.5
281 114 60 285 125
JCS10
handle height Width
257 102 51 281 101.5
281 112 60 285 125
Model
number
Dimensions in mm
Weight
kg
Capacity
tonnes
Stroke
mm handle height
Centre
Hole Width
Max
Max
JCH21
Length
Closed
Height Piston Dia.
Length
Closed
Height Piston Dia.
The JCH range of compact jacks is of similar design to the JCS range detailed above, however JCH models
feature a hollow piston design for even greater versatility. Suitable for use in tooling, maintenance and
tensioning applications, the hollow piston centre hole design allows a rod or cable to be passed through the
jack for applications, the hollow piston centre hole design allows a rod or cable to be passed through the jack
for applications where a pulling force is required. With many common parts to the JCS range these
multi-purpose JCH jacks can also be used for general lifting applications.
The Hi-Force JCS range of compact jacks is ideally suited for applications requiring a lifting or positioning
force in confined spaces. Lightweight, easy to operate and manufactured from high grade steel (JCS10)
and aluminium (JCS20 & JCS30), all models incorporate a spring assisted return, wear coated piston.
The pumping mechanism rotates through 360 providing maximum versatility in any application. With the
removable operating handle measuring only 240mm in length, these compact lifting jacks will fit in any
toolbox.
Material
Material
Steel
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
JCS - COMPACT JACKS - SOLID PISTON
JCS20
35
JSS - STEEL BOTTLE JACKS
60
E
HCJ - STEEL TOE JACK
Strong rigid steel construction
Suitable for industrial and automotive use
Model
number
JSS35
JSS55
JSS106
JSS166
JSS207
JSS327
JSS507
Dimensions in mm
JSS1007
3
5
10
16
20
32
50
100
Capacity
tonnes
Stroke
mm
135
135
174
178
190
190
195
195
Weight
kg
3.0
4.0
7.0
10.0
15.0
22.0
32.0
69.0
-
-
-
-
Screw
mm
70
90
90
95
extension Closed
height
Base
length
Base
width
Piston
diameter
195
200
243
255
280
285
300
340
28
32
43
53
56
71
85
117
100
110
135
160
127
152
177
265
100
115
130
150
165
190
217
240
Capacity 5 tonnes
Toe guided over full stroke length
Model
number
HCJ5
Dimensions in mm
Weight
kg
18
Stroke
mm
175
The Hi-Force HCJ5 toe jack offers a full 5 tonnes capacity
either on the piston head or the fully integrated toe. The low
height toe is guided over the full stroke length of the jack,
reducing the effects of side loading. The piston is enclosed
within the toe and is not exposed during operation. These
features make the HCJ5 a truly multi-purpose jack which can
easily and safely be used in the most difficult conditions,
including underground mining applications.
5
Jack
capacity
tonnes
5
Toe
capacity
tonnes
HCJ5
JSS55
JSS207
A
C
F
E
D
B
G
The Hi-Force JSS range of steel bottle jacks offers capacities from 3 to 100 tonnes, with stroke lengths
from 135 to 195mm. Models up to 16 tonnes capacity feature a screw extension to span the gap between
the piston ram cap and the load. All models are supplied with a tubular operating lever.
A B C D E F G
64 255 327 219 114 57 41
61
E
HMJ10
HMJ25
Model
number
Stroke
mm
Weight
kg
The HMJ range of hydraulic machine lifting jacks are designed specifically for lifting heavy equipment and
machinery where a minimum low height lifting access point is available. The low height lifting toe is
precision guided throughout its lifting stroke to reduce friction and prevent the hydraulic cylinder from
potential side loading. Both models are 700 Bar maximum working pressure and incorporate a 150mm
hydraulic lift with a lifting toe, which can be preset at three different initial lifting positions, for even greater
flexibility. Suitable manual or powered pumps for use with HMJ jacks can be found on pages 27 to 48 of this

H
G
F
J
C
B
A
D
E
Head
tonnes
Capacity
Toe
tonnes
Dimensions in mm
A C B D E F G H J
20 25
8.5 10 150
150
25 79 133 272 422 283 202 122 187
35 117 199 330 480 349 292 152 211
Capacities of 10 and 25 tonnes
Minimum toe height as low as 21mm
Multi-position lifting toe
Remote operation gives improved
operator safety
Stroke length 150mm
Can be used for simultaneous multiple lift point
applications
See pages 27 to 48 for compatible pumps
See pages 49 to 56 for system components
29.2
55.1
catalogue.
HMJ10
HMJ25
HMJ - STEEL MACHINE LIFT JACKS
62
E
HYDRAULIC JACK APPLICATIONS
Manual torque wrenches
Manual torque multipliers
Standard, Slimline and Heavy duty versions
Pneumatic torque multipliers
Pistol grip, Slimline and Heavy duty versions
Allen hexagon drive adaptors and
extended reaction arms
Hydraulic torque wrenches
Female hexagon ratchet heads
Imperial hexagon AF size heavy duty
sockets
Hexagon reducer bushes
Metric size range
Square drive conversion kits and
extended reaction arms
Metric hexagon AF size heavy duty
sockets
Low profile female hexagon design
Backup wrenches
63
Pneumatic impact wrenches and
filter, regulator, lubricator unit
Reversible square drive design
Hexagon reducer bushes
Imperial size range
Torque wrench pumps and accessories
Electric and pneumatic driven
HTW Range
HT, SLT & HDT Range
PG, SP & PT Range
TWS-N Accessories
TWH-NRH Range
IS Range
MB Range
TWH-N Accessories
MS Range
TWH-N Range
BW Range
IW & FRL Range
TWS-N Range
IB Range
HTWP Range
F
Page
64
Pages
65 - 67
Pages
68 - 69
Page
72
Page
73
Page
74
Pages
75 - 76
Pages
77 - 78
Page
79
Page
80
Page
81
Page
82
Pages
85 & 86
Pages
70 - 71
Pages
83 & 84
TORQUE TOOLS
64
F
Model
number
HTW200R
HTW400R
HTW500B
HTW800B
HTW1500B
HTW800B
HTW200R
HTW330R
HTW400R
Torque capacities up to 2000 Nm
Repeatable accuracy
Dual scale Nm & lbf. ft.
Torque range
Nm
Torque range
lbf. ft
Length
mm
Ratchet head
dia mm
Weight
kg
442
683
910
1250
1475
42
49
70
70
70
2.1
5.2
6.4
10.4
Square
drive
3
4
/
3
4
/
3
4
/
3
4
/
Heavy duty ratchet head
Accuracy +/- 3% (HTW-R models)
Accuracy +/- 4% (HTW-B models)
Push-through square drive
Supplied with calibration certificate
Complete with carrying & storage case
Need a higher torque capacity .....
Please check our manual torque multipliers on
pages 65 & 67. Alternatively see our pneumatic
torque multipliers and hydraulic torque
wrenches, as featured on pages 68 to 79.
HTW60R
HTW100R
1
2
/
HTW330R 683 1.5
1
2
/
HTW1000B
HTW1800B
3
4
/ -
1
2
/
3
8
/
1
40
80
100
200
700
60
300
20
8
700
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
200
400
500
800
1500
330
1000
100
60
1500 1475
1475
359
312
30
60
70
150
500
45
200
500
5
15
150
300
350
600
1000
220
750
1000
45
80
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
35
40
49
70
70
0.6
0.8
1.0
7.3
10.4
The HTW range of industrial manual torque wrenches offers 11 models with torque capacities from 8 to
2000 Nm (5 to 1500 lbf. ft) with square drive sizes from to 1. All models are designed and
manufactured to meet or exceed the highest demands of industry and are marked with a unique serial
number and supplied with a calibration certificate. All models are ideally suited for applications requiring
repeatable, accurate torquing of bolts and nuts. The push-through square drive allows the wrench to be
used for torque control in both clockwise and anti-clockwise directions.
The HTW-R models incorporate a soft feel grip and integrated locking mechanism to prevent accidental
alteration of the torque setting during operation. The click system is activated immediately the required
torque is achieved. The HTW-B break-back type models provide a large break angle, to prevent the
possibility of over torquing. The cam control of the internal mechanism will ensure a controlled break
which will reduce the risk of the operator losing balance. All wrenches automatically reset when the hand
pressure is released.
3
/
8
HTW - MANUAL TORQUE WRENCHES

HTW2000B
1
900 - 2000 600 1500 1920 70 13.0 -
65
F
Compact design
Supplied complete with reaction foot
Hi-Force Handitorq (HT range) manual torque multipliers provide a true torque multiplication with
repeatable accuracy of +/- 4%. A choice of four models, with output torque capacities of 1300 Nm and
4500 Nm are available, each supplied with two different reaction bar designs for maximum versatility.
Supplied in a handy plastic storage case the Handitorq series multiplier is ideal for inclusion in the heavy
vehicle tool kit.
Compact with true torque
multiplication
Output square drives from
3
4
/
to 1
HT Models
Handitorq design
B
C
A
D
HT - MANUAL TORQUE MULTIPLIERS
HT2700
Model
Number
Dimensions in mm Weight
kg
torque capacity
Maximum
HT1300
HT2700
5.1
5.1
torque
wrench
Recom.
HTW330R
HTW800B
square
drive
Output
1
square
drive
Input
plication
ratio
Multi-
5:1
5:1
lbf.ft
960
2000
Nm
1300
2700
108
108
A
126
129
B
210
210
C
3
4
/
3
4
/
1
2
/
180
186
D
HT3000
HT4500
3000
4500
2200
3300
15.5:1
26:1
1
2
/
1
2
/
1
1
HTW200R
HTW200R
8.0
8.0
108
108
156
173
450
450
n/a
n/a
See page 64 for detailed specifications of the
recommended Hi-Force manual torque wrenches
for use with HT multipliers.
66
F
Slimline design
Hi-Force Slimline (SLT range) manual torque multipliers offer comparable output torque capacities to
standard diameter torque multipliers but with the added advantage of a slimline body design, particularly
suited for bolt tightening applications on pipeline flanges. The range offers 5 models all with an adjustable
spline type reaction foot which allows for various lengths of sockets to be used. All models have an
anti-wind up ratchet fitted as standard, which retains all of the wind-up forces as they are created,
providing a greater level of safety and ease of operation. Output torque capacities range from 2000 Nm
to 6000 Nm with multiplication ratios of 15:1, 25:1 and 75:1 available. Recommended Hi-Force manual
torque wrenches for use with Hi-Force manual torque multipliers are detailed on page 64 of this
catalogue.
SLT Models
Slimline design
B
D
C
A
Model
Number
Dimensions in mm Weight
kg
torque capacity
Maximum
SLT20-25
SLT30-15
SLT30-25
SLT60-25
SLT60-75
4.5
9.0
9.0
15.0
16.5
torque
wrench
Recom.
HTW200R
HTW200R
HTW200R
HTW330R
HTW200R
square
drive
Output
1
1
1
square
drive
Input
plication
ratio
Multi-
25:1
15:1
25:1
25:1
75:1
lbf.ft
1450
2200
2200
4400
4400
Nm
2000
3000
3000
6000
6000
72
108
108
119
119
A
166
224
224
271
301
B
143
141
141
154
154
C
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
2
/
1
2
/
1
2
/
1
2
/
197
256-285
256-285
320-351
350-380
D
SLT - MANUAL TORQUE MULTIPLIERS
Compact with true torque
multiplication
Output square drives from
Anti-wind up ratchet
1
2
/
to 1 1
SLT30-15 SLT60-25
Model
number
Dimensions in mm
Heavy duty design
The Hi-Force HDT range of heavy duty manual torque multipliers
is available in a choice of 6 models with output capacities from
1700 to 9500 Nm and multiplication ratios of 25:1 and 125:1.
All models are fitted with an anti-wind up ratchet, retaining all of
the wind-up forces as they are created, providing a greater level
of safety and ease of operation. Models HDT17-25 and
HDT34-25 are fitted as standard with a flat type reaction foot
as pictured above, all other models feature a box type reaction
foot with special reaction plates available up on request.
Compact with true torque multiplication
Output square drives 1 and 1
Anti-wind up ratchet on all models
1
2
/
HDT17-25
HDT34-25
HDT60-25
HDT95-25
Weight
kg
7.8
10.1
17.0
25.7
torque
wrench
Recom.
HTW200R
HTW200R
HTW330R
HTW400R
tion
ratio
Multiplica-
25:1
25:1
25:1
25:1
torque capacity
Maximum
lbf.ft
1250
2500
4400
7000
Nm
1700
3400
6000
9500
108
119
144
184
A
156
187
226
209
B
83-217
86-264
146-333
171-351
C
square
drive
Input
3
4
/
1
2
/
1
2
/
1
2
/
HDT34-25
square
drive
Output
1
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
See page 64 for detailed specifications of the
recommended Hi-Force manual torque wrenches
for use with HDT multipliers.
HDT - Shown with
flat type reaction foot
A
B
C
67
F
HDT - HEAVY DUTY MANUAL TORQUE MULTIPLIERS
68
F
Model
number
Dimensions in mm
Repeatable accuracy of +/- 5%
Choice of 5 models
The PG pistol grip pneumatic torque multiplier range is designed to provide smooth bolt tightening without
impacting or pulsing. Offering a repeatable torque accuracy of +/- 5%, these low noise level tools reduce
operator fatigue, increase safety and ensure fast, accurate tightening of bolted components.
Incorporating a powerful, reversible air motor suitable for tightening and loosening operations, the
non-impacting design of the planetary gears ensures minimum wear to sockets and bolted components.
All models are supplied complete with an airline pressure and lubrication control unit in a handy carrying
frame and a 3 metre length connecting hose. Accurate preset torque can easily be achieved by adjusting
the airline input pressure in conjunction with the calibration graph supplied with each tool.
Air consumption is 11 litres per second from a standard airline pressure of 5 Bar (23 cubic feet per
minute @ 70 PSI).
PG500
PG1075
PG1000
PG1500
PG2000
Torque capacity
Nm
90-500
190-1000
190-1000
300-1500
400-2000
lbf.ft
66-370
140-740
140-740
220-1100
300-1450
Square
drive size
1
1
1
3
4
/
3
4
/
R.P.M. at max
pressure
35
15
15
9
6
Weight
kg
8.1
8.1
8.1
8.1
8.1
A
72
72
72
72
72
B
301
301
301
301
301
C
223
223
223
223
223
D
334
334
334
334
334
Slim 72mm diameter gear box allows excellent access
Sensitive trigger control allows for easy reaction plate
positioning
Smooth, quiet, non-impacting design with reversible air
motor
Wide range of attachments and accessories available
Two speed models available on request
A
B
C
D
PG - PISTOL GRIP PNEUMATIC TORQUE MULTIPLIERS
PG1500
69
Smooth, quiet, non-impacting design
Repeatable accuracy of +/- 5%
Powerful reversible air motor with safety trigger
Adjustable spline type reaction foot (SP models only)
Wide range of attachments and accessories available
Two speed models available on request
SP - Slimline
The SP & PT pneumatic torque multiplier range offers a choice of 9 models, suitable for almost every
bolting application and all models are supplied with an airline pressure and lubrication control unit.
Maximum torque output capacities range from 680 to 9500 Nm with a choice of square drives
from to . As with all Hi-Force pneumatic torque multipliers a repeatable, accurate torque of +/- 5%
can be easily achieved using the calibration graph supplied with each tool. Both SP models are designed
with a reduced body diameter, particularly suited where a limitation of space exists and are fitted with an
adjustable spline type reaction foot which allows for use with various length sockets. The PT models are
supplied with a flat type reaction plate, with the exception of the PT6000 and PT9500 which incorporate a
box type reaction foot. Optional specially designed reaction plates can be supplied on request. The smooth
and continuous torque output of Hi-Force pneumatic torque multipliers make them suitable for a wide
range of bolting applications including wheel nuts on trucks and large machinery, structural steelwork, high
pressure joints e.g. pipelines, boiler feed pumps and pressure vessels, heat exchangers and many other
applications.
3
4
/
1
2
/
1
Model
number
Dimensions in mm
SP2700
SP5500
PT1200
PT1700
Torque capacity
PT3400
PT6000
PT9500
Nm
880-2700
1200-5500
270-1200
515-1700
880-3400
1762-6000
2710-9500
lbf.ft
650-2000
885-4060
200-900
380-1250
650-2500
1300-4500
2000-7000
R.P.M. at max
pressure
5.0
2.5
15.0
9.0
5.0
2.5
1.8
Weight
kg
16.5
21.9
13.3
13.3
16.5
26.0
32.7
A
108
119
108
108
119
144
184
B
437
512
373
373
424
457
452
C
140
154
-
-
-
-
-
D max
498
592
217
217
264
333
351
D min
469
566
83
83
86
146
169
Square
drive size
1
1
1
1
2
/
1
PT680 - 160-680 120-500 30.0 12.8 108 378 - 217 83
3
4
/
1
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
PT680 - 1 160-680 120-500 30.0 12.8 108 368 - 217 83 1
SP2700
A
B D
C
PT - Heavy duty
A
D
B
F
SP & PT - PNEUMATIC TORQUE MULTIPLIERS
70
F
TWS-N - HYDRAULIC TORQUE WRENCHES - SQUARE DRIVE
J
Compact, lightweight, aluminium construction
Fitted with 360 Uni-Swivel quick release couplings
Accurate to +/- 3% with calibration chart supplied
Multi-position reaction foot with safety lock feature
Reversible square drive for tightening and loosening applications
Suitable for continuous operation at maximum pressure
Hi-Force TWS-N series lightweight aluminium hydraulic torque wrenches are designed to handle the
toughest bolting jobs accurately and quickly. All models provide a torque accuracy of +/- 3%. The internal
reaction arm spline allows the operator to easily position the tool and, if necessary, react directly off the
tool body in very confined access applications. All models incorporate an easily reversible high grade alloy
steel square drive enabling the operator to quickly switch from tightening to loosening applications.
Uni-Swivel quick release couplers are fitted as standard to all models enabling easy positioning of the
hydraulic hoses away from any possible pinch points. Optional allen hex drives are available (see page
72) along with a comprehensive range of high quality torque wrench sockets. (See pages 73 & 74).
Did you know.........
Hi-Force hydraulic torque tools are
manufactured on the latest State of the
art CNC machining centres, guaranteed
to manufacture components to the
highest quality standards available.
Allen hex drive adaptors
(see page 72)
TWS100N
TWS370N
71
F
Internal reaction arm spline
Designed for tightening and loosening
Accurate to +/- 3%
Dimensions in mm
Model
number
Nm
Ibf .ft
TWS45N 3289 167 34
TWS17N 1254 129 25
TWS100N 7308 223 46
TWS370N 26860 329 66
TWS150N
4529
1727
10064
36992
14974 10873
1
"
3
/
4
"
1
1
/
2
"
2
1
/
2
"
1
1
/
2
"
247 54
4.8
1.9
9.0
32.5
15.0
A
68
51
92
137
100
E
121
90
163
240
192
C R
218
167
293
432
323
B
98
73
135
204
141
F
170
131
211
288
236
D
Square drive
size
Weight incl.
reaction foot
kg at 700 Bar at 10,000 PSI
D
C
A
R
B
E
F
Torque Capacity
TWS-N - HYDRAULIC TORQUE WRENCHES - SQUARE DRIVE
TWS100N
72
F
TWS-N - ACCESSORIES
Limitations on applied torque (check before use)
Sizes available for all TWS-N wrenches
Suitable for tightening & loosening applications
Note: Due to the hexagon AF size some models are not suitable for use at maximum output torque of the selected TWS-N hydraulic wrench.
Always check permissible maximum torque before use.
TWS17N with hexagon
drive fitted
Hex
Size
IH17N-008
IH17N-010
IH17N-012
IH17N-014
IH17N-100
Model
TWS17N TWS45N TWS100N TWS150N TWS370N
Hex
Size
Model Hex
Size
Model Hex
Size
Hex
Size
IH45N-010
IH45N-012
IH45N-014
IH45N-100
IH45N-102
IH45N-104
IH100N-014
IH10ON-100
IH10ON-102
IH10ON-104
IH10ON-106
IH10ON-108
IH150N-104
Model Model
IH150N-106
IH150N-108
IH150N-110
IH150N-112
IH370N-108
IH370N-110
IH370N-112
IH370N-114
IH370N-200
IH370N-204
8
1
/
2
5
/
8
/
3
4
7
/
8
1
5
/
8
/
3
4
7
8
/
1
1
1
/
8
1
1
/
4
7
/
1
1
1
/
8
1
1
/
4
1
/
3
8
1
/
1
2
1
1
/
4
1
3
/
8
1
1
/
2
1
5
/
8
1
3
/
4
1
1
/
2
1
5
/
8
1
3
/
4
1
7
/
8
2
2
1
/
4
Number
Number Number Number Number
Hex
Size
MH17N-14
MH17N-17
MH17N-19
MH17N-22
MH17N-24
Model
TWS17N TWS45N TWS100N TWS150N TWS370N
Hex
Size
Model Hex
Size
Model Hex
Size
Hex
Size
MH45N-17
MH45N-19
MH45N-22
MH45N-24
MH45N-27
MH45N-32
MH100N-22
MH100N-24
MH100N-27
MH100N-30
MH100N-32
MH100N-36
MH150N-30
Model Model
MH150N-32
MH150N-36
MH150N-41
MH150N-46
MH370N-36
MH370N-41
MH370N-46
MH370N-50
MH370N-55
MH370N-60
14mm
17mm
19mm
22mm
24mm
17mm
19mm
22mm
24mm
27mm
32mm
22mm
24mm
27mm
30mm
32mm
36mm
30mm
32mm
36mm
41mm
46mm
36mm
41mm
46mm
50mm
55mm
60mm
Number Number Number Number Number
Model
Number
Length A Diameter B
ERA17-21
ERA17-24
ERA17-36
ERA45-21
ERA45-24
ERA45-36
ERA100-21
ERA100-24
ERA100-36
ERA150-21
ERA150-24
ERA150-36
ERA370-21
ERA370-24
ERA370-36
A
B
TWS-N fitted with extended reaction arm
mm
533
610
914
533
610
914
533
610
914
533
610
914
533
610
914
Inch
1 "
1 "
1 "
2 "
2 "
2 "
3 "
3 "
3 "
3 "
3 "
3 "
4 "
4 "
4 "
Inch
21"
24"
36"
21"
24"
36"
21"
24"
36"
21"
24"
36"
21"
24"
36"
mm
44.5
44.5
44.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
88.9
88.9
88.9
88.9
88.9
88.9
120.6
120.6
120.6
Extended Reaction Arms
I
M
P
E
R
I
A
L
M
E
T
R
I
C
Allen Hexagon Drive Adaptors
Hexagon drive adaptor
73
F
3
4
/
1
2
/
2
7
8
/
6
Square drives from to
Across flat sizes up to
1
2
/
2
3
4
/
7
8
/
6
Supplied complete with retaining ring and pin
Model
number
Dimensions in mm
B C D A
Model
number
Dimensions in mm
B C D A
IS2-101
IS2-104
IS2-107
IS2-110
IS2-113
IS2-200
IS2-203
IS2-206
IS9-101
IS9-104
IS9-107
IS9-110
IS9-113
IS9-200
IS9-203
IS9-206
IS9-209
IS9-212
IS9-215
IS9-302
IS9-308
IS9-314
IS5-113
IS5-200
IS5-203
IS5-206
IS5-209
IS5-212
IS5-215
IS5-302
IS5-308
IS5-314
IS5-404
IS5-410
IS5-500
IS5-506
Square
drive
3
4
/
3
4
/
3
4
/
3
4
/
3
4
/
3
4
/
3
4
/
3
4
/
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
52
52
56
62
68
72
74
75
58
60
62
62
64
70
72
78
80
85
95
100
105
105
84
87
40
44
51
58
67
71
77
84
44
51
56
62
68
74
80
87
93
98
104
109
125
136
76
82
38
44
44
44
44
54
54
54
51
51
52
52
58
58
62
62
62
62
86
86
86
95
86
86
16
20
23
27
32
35
35
35
17
21
26
26
27
31
32
35
36
40
48
52
52
52
27
29
90
92
95
100
103
110
118
125
125
135
140
150
86
93
97
105
110
116
130
140
150
165
179
195
86
86
86
86
86
86
86
95
95
95
127
127
36
38
40
43
45
50
55
58
58
65
70
75
Square
drive
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
Nut AF
inches
1
16
/
1
1
4
/
1
7
16
/
1
5
8
/
1
13
16
/
1
2
3
16
/
2
3
8
/
2
1
16
/
1
1
4
/
1
7
16
/
1
5
8
/
1
13
16
/
1
2
3
16
/
2
3
8
/
2
9
16
/
2
3
4
/
2
15
16
/
2
1
8
/
3
1
2
/
3
7
8
/
3
13
16
/
1
2
Nut AF
inches
3
16
/
2
3
8
/
2
9
16
/
2
3
4
/
2
15
16
/
2
1
8
/
3
1
2
/
3
7
8
/
3
1
4
/
4
5
8
/
4
5
3
8
/
5
IS6-302
IS6-308
IS6-314
IS6-404
IS6-410
IS6-500
IS6-506
IS6-512
IS6-602
IS6-608
IS6-614
140
140
150
160
170
175
180
185
190
195
200
124
135
147
159
172
185
197
210
223
235
248
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
51
51
57
64
71
75
79
83
91
95
105
1
2
/
2
1
2
/
2
1
2
/
2
1
2
/
2
1
2
/
2
1
2
/
2
1
2
/
2
1
2
/
2
1
2
/
2
1
2
/
2
1
2
/
2
1
8
/
3
1
2
/
3
7
8
/
3
1
4
/
4
5
8
/
4
5
3
8
/
5
3
4
/
5
1
8
/
6
1
2
/
6
7
8
/
6
Hi-Force high quality imperial size heavy duty sockets are designed and
manufactured for use with all Hi-Force bolting products, including hydraulic
torque wrenches and impact wrenches. The IS range of imperial impact
sockets offers 47 models, with square drives from to and across
flat sizes up to . Long length, bi-hexagonal and special sockets are
B
C
A
D
IS - IMPERIAL HEXAGON AF SIZE HEAVY DUTY SOCKETS
74
F
3
4
/
1
2
/
2
MS2-24
MS2-27
MS2-30
MS2-36
MS2-41
MS2-46
MS2-50
MS2-55
MS2-60
MS9-24
MS9-27
MS9-30
MS9-36
MS9-41
MS9-46
MS9-50
MS9-55
MS9-60
MS9-65
MS9-70
MS9-75
MS9-80
MS9-85
MS9-90
MS5-41
MS5-46
MS5-50
MS5-55
MS5-60
MS5-65
MS5-70
MS5-75
MS5-80
MS5-85
MS5-90
MS5-95
MS5-100
MS5-105
MS5-110
MS5-115
MS5-130
MS6-80
MS6-85
MS6-90
MS6-95
MS6-100
MS6-105
MS6-110
MS9-95
50
54
54
56
58
63
72
74
75
58
58
60
65
67
74
80
84
87
90
96
98
100
105
105
115
MS6-115
MS6-130
84
87
90
92
95
100
103
110
118
118
118
125
125
125
135
140
140
140
145
145
150
155
160
165
175
80
46
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
130
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
130
41
27
29
36
38
40
43
45
50
55
55
55
58
58
58
65
70
51
51
54
54
57
61
64
67
75
26
86
86
86
86
86
86
86
86
86
86
95
95
95
95
95
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
86
76
81
86
93
97
105
110
116
125
130
137
140
150
156
160
185
124
130
136
143
149
155
161
167
188
70
24
27
30
36
41
46
50
55
60
24
27
30
36
41
46
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
39
43
47
54
60
67
71
78
84
42
46
50
56
63
69
74
80
86
92
99
106
112
118
125
131
44
44
44
44
44
44
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
86
86
86
86
86
16
16
23
23
24
30
32
35
37
17
17
21
30
31
36
42
44
44
46
51
45
48
52
52
52
3
4
/
3
4
/
3
4
/
3
4
/
3
4
/
3
4
/
3
4
/
3
4
/
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
4
/
1
1
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
2
1
2
/
2
1
2
/
2
1
2
/
2
1
2
/
2
1
2
/
2
1
2
/
2
1
2
/
2
1
2
/
2
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
1
2
/
1
3
4
/
Square drives from
1
2
/
2
Across flat sizes up to 145mm
Supplied complete with retaining ring and pin
MS9-100 115 100 137 95 58 1 MS6-145 185 145 83 127 208
1
2
/
2
MS5-36
3
4
/
32 56
49 44 23
1
32 60 51 54 21
1
2
/
1 36 78 64 86 23
Hi-Force high quality metric size heavy duty sockets are designed and
manufactured for use with all Hi-Force bolting products, including hydraulic
torque wrenches and impact wrenches. The MS range of metric impact
sockets offers 56 models, with square drives from to and across
flat sizes up to 145mm. Long length, bi-hexagonal and special sockets are
Model
number
Dimensions in mm
B C D A
Model
number
Dimensions in mm
B C D A
Nut AF
mm
Nut AF
mm
Square
drive
Square
drive
MS2-32
MS9-32
B
C
A
D
to
MS - METRIC HEXAGON AF SIZE HEAVY DUTY SOCKETS
75
F
Fitted with 360 x 360 Uni-Swivel couplings
Powerful with low clearance design
Hi-Force TWH-N series female hexagon cassette head hydraulic torque wrenches offer a choice of 5
models with output torque capacities from 2625 Nm to 48181 Nm (1906 to 34985 lbf.ft).
Manufactured from high grade aluminium (except TWH430N), all models provide direct in-line reaction
and a minimal radius clearance for easy fitment in confined spaces. The user friendly design of the tool
simply requires the operator to withdraw/insert a single pin to change the ratchet head. Ratchet heads
are available in all standard metric and imperial AF sizes from 24 to 175mm (1 to 6 ) with low cost
hexagon reducer bushes also available (see pages 80 - 81). Uni-Swivel quick release couplers are fitted as
standard to all models, enabling easy positioning of the hydraulic hoses.
1
16
/
7
8
/
Accurate to +/- 3% with standard torque chart supplied
Low profile design for limited access applications
Minimum radius cassette head for fitment in confined spaces
Suitable for continuous operation at maximum pressure
Compact, lightweight, aluminium drive unit (except TWH430N)
Note: Model TWH430N manufactured from high grade alloy steel
TWH-N - HYDRAULIC TORQUE WRENCH - DRIVE CYLINDERS
TWH120N
TWH120NRH Ratchet head
(Order separately)
76
F
Designed for tightening and loosening applications
Minimal nose radius for fitment in confined spaces
Easily assembled to selected ratchet head
Torque capacity Hexagon AF size Dimensions in mm
Model
number Nm lbf. ft Metric Imperial
C D E B
TWH27N
TWH54N
TWH120N
TWH210N
TWH430N
2625
5372
11737
23124
48181
3068
6037
14349
21216
43792
1906
3901
8522
16791
34985
2228
4384
10419
15405
31798
97
125
157
204
260
108
136
182
191
242
32
41
52
64
83
32
41
52
64
83
51
64
78
97
93
51
64
78
97
93
min - max
R
9.5 - 12.2
10.7 - 13.8
14.7 - 15.2
18.3 - 20.7
24.8 - 27.3
10 .1 - 10.5
11.7 - 14.6
15.9 - 18.7
18.1 - 18.6
25.6 - 31.3
Weight
kg
1.4
2.3
3.8
6.4
16.1
1.4
2.3
3.8
6.4
16.1
193
250
310
378
425
193
250
310
378
405
125
158
189
236
309
136
169
214
223
291
min max
24
36
50
105
130
50
70
85
70
80
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
46
65
115
175
60
80
100
115
80
100
min max
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
Note: Above selection table is for drive unit only. Ratchet head(s) to be ordered separately - see pages 77 - 78.
Weight as stated is drive cylinder only, exact radius size (R) varies according to ratchet AF size selected.
5
"
2
"
2
3
/
16
"
3
1
/
2
"
2
3
/
4
"
4
1
/
4
"
3
1
/
8
"
to 1
1
/
16
"
1
13
/
16
"
2
9
/
16
"
to 2
3
/
4
"
3
1
/
8
"
3
7
/
8
"
3
7
/8
"
4
5
/
8
"
4
5
/
8
"
2
3
/
8
"
3
1
/
8
"
6
7
/8
"
(drive cyl.)
TWH430N
TWH210N
TWH210NRH Ratchet head
(Order separately)
A
max max max
1
7
/
16
"
at 700 Bar at 10,000PSI
TWH27N, TWH54N,
TWH120N, TWH210N
Note: Drawing shows drive cylinder, including ratchet head as detailed on pages 77-78.
Drive cylinder and ratchet head are separate items and must be ordered separately
All Models
D
E
TWH-N - HYDRAULIC TORQUE WRENCH - DRIVE CYLINDERS
B
C
A
R
F
54
73
92
114
146
G
109
137
112
213
267
F
G
54
73
92
114
146
109
137
112
213
267
A
R
B
C
G
F
77
F
Choice of standard imperial sizes
Easily fitted to TWH-N drive units
Strong steel construction
Non standard and special design
ratchet heads can be made to order
TWH120NRH3.1/2
The TWH-NRH range of imperial hexagon ratchet heads, suitable for use with TWH-N series low profile
hydraulic torque wrenches (see pages 75-76), provide exceptional flexibility with across flats (AF) sizes from
1 to 6 available as standard. All models feature extremely low profile design combined with a
minimum nose radius (R) that enables fitment in very confined limited access places. For even greater
versatility a comprehensive range of imperial hexagon reducer bushes (see page 80) and square drive
conversion kits (see page 79) to suit TWH-NRH imperial ratchet heads are also available.
I MP E R I A L R A T C H E T H E A D S E L E C T I O N T A B L E :
TWH27N For TWH54N For TWH120N For TWH210N For TWH430N For
number
R
mm
Nut
AF
size
Bolt
size
Model
number
Model R
mm number
Model
R
mm number
Model
R
mm number
Model R
mm
3
4
/
3
4
1
4
/
4
1
2
/
4
3
4
/
5
1
8
/
6
1
2
/
6
7
8
/
6
TWH430NRH5.3/4
TWH430NRH6.1/8
TWH430NRH6.1/2
TWH430NRH6.7/8
24.8
25.0
25.0
27.3
29.3
30.1
31.0
31.8
1
/
16
7
/
8
Wt
Wt Wt Wt Wt
1
2
/
3
3
8
/
5 TWH430NRH5.3/8 25.8 28.3
1
4
/
3 5 TWH430NRH5 27.4 27.9
3
5
8
/
4 TWH210NRH4.5/8 19.3 TWH430NRH4.5/8 25.9 13.8 26.3
3
4
/
2
1
4
/
4 TWH210NRH4.1/4 19.5 TWH430NRH4.1/4 26.9 13.3 26.1
1
2
/
2
7
8
/
3
TWH120NRH3.7/8 19.6 8.5 TWH210NRH3.7/8 19.5 TWH430NRH3.7/8 26.5 12.5 25.7
1
4
/
2
1
2
/
3 TWH120NRH3.1/2 16.9 7.9 TWH210NRH3.1/2 19.3 TWH430NRH3.1/2 26.8 12.4 23.9
2
1
8
/
3 TWH54NRH3.1/8 12.1 3.5 TWH120NRH3.1/8 15.1 6.5 TWH210NRH3.1/8 18.5 TWH430NRH3.1/8 26.0 12.3 23.2
7
8
/
1
15
16
/
2 TWH54NRH2.15/16 14.8 3.5 TWH120NRH2.15/16 14.9 6.5 18.3 TWH210NRH2.15/16 12.2
3
4
/
1
3
4
/
2 TWH54NRH2.3/4 11.8 3.4 TWH120NRH2.3/4 14.9 6.5 TWH210NRH2.3/4 18.3 12.1
5
8
/
1
9
16
/
2 TWH54NRH2.9/16 11.6 3.3 TWH120NRH2.9/16 14.8 6.4
1
2
/
1
3
8
/
2 TWH27NRH2.3/8 TWH54NRH2.3/8 1.8 11.8 10.5 3.2 TWH120NRH2.3/8 14.8 6.4
3
8
/
1
3
16
/
2 TWH27NRH2.3/16 TWH54NRH2.3/16 1.8 11.8 10.3 3.1 TWH120NRH2.3/16 14.7 6.1
1
4
/
1 2 TWH27NRH2 TWH54NRH2 1.7 11.7 10.5 3.0
1
8
/
1
13
16
/
1 TWH27NRH1.13/16 TWH54NRH1.13/16 1.7 10.7 10.5 2.9
1
5
8
/
1 TWH27NRH1.5/8 TWH54NRH1.5/8 1.6 10.8 10.0 2.8
7
8
/
7
16
/
1 TWH27NRH1.7/16 1.6 TWH54NRH1.7/16 13.5 9.8 2.9
3
4
/
1
4
/
1 TWH27NRH1.1/4 1.6 9.7
TWH27NRH1.1/16
5
8
/
1
16
/
1 1.5 10.4
R
kg kg kg kg kg
TWH-NRH - IMPERIAL SIZE RATCHET HEADS
78
F
The TWH-NRH range of metric hexagon ratchet heads, suitable for use with TWH-N series low profile
hydraulic torque wrenches (see pages 75-76), provide exceptional flexibility with across flats (AF) sizes from
24mm to 175mm available as standard. All models feature extremely low profile design combined with a
minimum nose radius (R) that enables fitment in very confined limited access places. For even greater
versatility a comprehensive range of metric hexagon reducer bushes (see page 81) and square drive
conversion kits (see page 79) to suit TWH-NRH metric ratchet heads are also available.
Choice of standard metric sizes
Easily fitted to TWH-N drive units
Strong steel construction
Non standard and special design
ratchet heads can be made to order
12.1
ME T R I C R A T C H E T H E A D S E L E C T I O N T A B L E :
TWH27N For TWH54N For TWH120N For TWH210N For TWH430N For
number
R
mm
Nut
AF
size
Bolt
size
Model
number
Model R
mm number
Model
R
mm number
Model
R
mm number
Model R
mm
Wt
Wt Wt Wt Wt
52
56
48
45
42
39
36
33
30
60
68
64
72
76
80
90
100
27
24
20
22
18
80
85
75
70
65
60
55
50
46
90
100
95
105
110
115
130
145
41
36
30
32
27
TWH27NRH-60
TWH27NRH-55
TWH27NRH-50
TWH27NRH-46
TWH27NRH-41
TWH27NRH-36
TWH27NRH-30
TWH27NRH-32
TWH27NRH-24
TWH27NRH-27
10.5
10.1
10.4
10.5
10.1
10.1
10.7
9.5
10.4
12.1
1.6
1.6
1.7
1.7
1.8
1.8
1.6
1.6
1.5
TWH54NRH-80
TWH54NRH-75
TWH54NRH-70
TWH54NRH-65
TWH54NRH-60
TWH54NRH-55
TWH54NRH-50
TWH54NRH-46
TWH54NRH-41
TWH54NRH-36
11.7
14.6
11.7
11.7
12.0
12.1
12.1
10.7
10.9
13.8
2.8
2.9
3.0
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.5
2.9
TWH120NRH-80
TWH120NRH-85
TWH120NRH-75
TWH120NRH-70
TWH120NRH-65
TWH120NRH-60
TWH120NRH-55
TWH120NRH-50
TWH120NRH-90
TWH120NRH-95
TWH120NRH-100
14.7
16.4
14.7
14.8
14.9
15.0
15.0
15.2
16.2
15.9
18.7
5.8
6.1
6.4
6.4
6.5
6.5
6.5
7.8
7.9
7.9
8.5
TWH210NRH-80
TWH210NRH-85
TWH210NRH-75
TWH210NRH-70
TWH210NRH-90
TWH210NRH-95
TWH210NRH-100
TWH210NRH-105
TWH210NRH-110
TWH210NRH-115
1.5
18.1
18.2
18.1
18.2
18.6
18.6
18.6
18.4
18.3
20.7
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.4
12.5
12.5
12.9
13.3
13.8
TWH430NRH-80
TWH430NRH-85
TWH430NRH-90
TWH430NRH-95
TWH430NRH-100
TWH430NRH-105
TWH430NRH-110
TWH430NRH-115
TWH430NRH-130
TWH430NRH-145
25.6
29.0
31.3
28.5
25.6
28.6
25.7
27.3
25.6
25.4
23.2
24.0
26.0
25.8
25.6
26.5
26.2
26.4
27.3
29.4
16 24
TWH120NRH-65
R
110
115
n/a
155
165
175
TWH430NRH-155
TWH430NRH-165
TWH430NRH-175
25.0
25.0
27.3
30.1
31.0
31.8
kg kg kg kg kg
TWH-NRH - METRIC SIZE RATCHET HEADS
79
F
Suitable for TWH-N range up to 23124 Nm
Square drive sizes from 1 to 2
Easily fitted, no special tools required
Hi-Force SDC square drive conversion kits, suitable for Hi-Force TWH-N hexagon drive hydraulic torque
wrenches (see pages 75-78) are available for all models, excluding TWH430N. All models are supplied
complete with an easily attachable reaction foot and a standard hexagon AF size adaptor, suitable for
fitment to a commonly used size of imperial or metric ratchet head, per tool type (see table for more
details). These SDC square drive conversion kits provide the most flexible and cost effective method of
converting a female hexagon drive hydraulic torque wrench into a square drive wrench.
Makes your hexagon drive torque wrench
even more versatile
Full range of heavy duty sockets available
(see pages 73 & 74)
Model
number
SDC27-M
SDC54-M
SDC120-M
SDC210-M
SDC27-I
SDC54-I
SDC120-I
SDC210-I
Square
drive
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
Maximum
torque Nm
3068
6037
14349
23124
3068
6037
14349
23124
Maximum
torque lbf.ft
2263
4453
10583
17055
2263
4453
10583
17055
Suitable for
drive cylinder incl. ratchet head
TWH27N
TWH54N
TWH120N
TWH210N
TWH27N
TWH54N
TWH120N
TWH210N
Weight
kg
1.1
3.0
4.4
9.1
1.1
3.0
4.4
9.1
Hexagon
AF Size
46mm
65mm
80mm
100mm
13
16
/
1
9
16
/
2
1
8
/
3
7
8
/
3
TWH27NRH-46
TWH54NRH-65
TWH120NRH-80
TWH210NRH-100
TWH27NRH-
13
16
/
1
TWH54NRH-
9
16
/
2
TWH120NRH-
1
8
/
3
TWH210NRH-
7
8
/
3
SDC210-M
TWH-N ACCESSORIES
Extended Reaction Arms
Model
Number
Length A
ERA27-20
ERA54-20
ERA120-21
ERA210-21
ERA430-22
19.6
Length B Height (C)
Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm
20.2
20.8
21.5
22.2
499
513
527
545
565
20.7
21.1
21.7
23.2
24.7
525
535
550
588
628
1.8
2.2
3.0
3.7
4.7
45
55
75
95
120
Width (D)
Inch mm
2.0
2.5
3.4
3.7
4.7
50
65
85
95
120
TWH-N fitted with extended reaction arm
Extended reaction arm
D
C
B
A
80
F
To reduce the female hexagon AF size of the TWH-NRH imperial
ratchet heads (see page 77), these Hi-Force hexagon reducer
bushes offer an easy and economical solution. Just select your
outside AF size (i.e ratchet head AF size) and the required inside AF
size to determine the model number. Please note that wall
thickness (specified below as W dimension) must be added to the
minimum radius dimension of your ratchet head when using a
reducer bush.
Outside
AF size
Inside
AF size
For TWH27NRH For TWH54NRH For TWH120NRH For TWH210NRH For TWH430NRH
Model number Model number Model number Model number Model number W mm W mm W mm W mm W mm
IB27-104-101
IB27-107-101
IB27-107-104
IB27-110-104
IB27-110-107
IB27-113-107
IB27-113-110
IB27-200-110
IB27-200-113
IB27-203-110
IB27-203-113
IB27-203-200
IB27-206-113
IB27-206-200
IB27-206-203
1
4
/
1
1
16
/
1
7
16
/
1
1
16
/
1
7
16
/
1
1
4
/
1
5
8
/
1
5
8
/
1
13
16
/
1
13
16
/
1
2
2
3
16
/
2
3
16
/
2
3
16
/
2
3
8
/
2
3
8
/
2
3
8
/
2
9
16
/
2
9
16
/
2
9
16
/
2
3
4
/
2
3
4
/
2
3
4
/
2
15
16
/
2
15
16
/
2
15
16
/
2
1
8
/
3
1
8
/
3
1
8
/
3
1
2
/
3
1
2
/
3
7
8
/
3
7
8
/
3
1
4
/
4
1
4
/
4
5
8
/
4
5
8
/
4
5
5
3
8
/
5
3
8
/
5
3
4
/
5
3
4
/
5
1
8
/
6
1
8
/
6
1
2
/
6
1
2
/
6
7
8
/
6
7
8
/
6
1
4
/
1
7
16
/
1
7
16
/
1
5
8
/
1
5
8
/
1
5
8
/
1
13
16
/
1
13
16
/
1
2
13
16
/
1
2
3
16
/
2
2
3
16
/
2
3
8
/
2
3
16
/
2
3
8
/
2
9
16
/
2
3
8
/
2
9
16
/
2
3
4
/
2
9
16
/
2
3
4
/
2
15
16
/
2
15
16
/
2
1
8
/
3
1
8
/
3
1
2
/
3
1
2
/
3
7
8
/
3
7
8
/
3
1
4
/
4
1
4
/
4
5
8
/
4
5
8
/
4
5
5
3
8
/
5
3
8
/
5
3
4
/
5
3
4
/
5
1
8
/
6
1
8
/
6
1
2
/
6
IB54-110-104
IB54-110-107
IB54-113-107
IB54-113-110
IB54-200-110
IB54-200-113
IB54-203-110
IB54-203-113
IB54-203-200
IB54-206-113
IB54-206-200
IB54-206-203
IB54-209-200
IB54-209-203
IB54-209-206
IB54-212-203
IB54-212-206
IB54-212-209
IB54-215-206
IB54-215-209
IB54-215-212
IB54-302-209
IB54-302-212
IB54-302-215
IB430-308-302
IB430-314-302
IB430-314-308
IB430-404-308
IB430-404-314
IB430-410-314
IB430-410-404
IB430-500-404
IB430-500-410
IB430-506-410
IB430-506-500
IB430-512-500
IB430-512-506
IB430-602-506
IB430-602-512
IB430-608-512
IB430-608-602
IB430-614-602
IB430-614-608
IB120-206-203
IB120-209-203
IB120-209-206
IB120-212-203
IB120-212-206
IB120-212-209
IB120-215-206
IB120-215-209
IB120-215-212
IB120-302-209
IB120-302-212
IB120-302-215
IB120-308-215
IB120-308-302
IB120-314-302
IB120-314-308
IB210-215-212
IB210-302-212
IB210-302-215
IB210-308-215
IB210-308-302
IB210-314-302
IB210-314-308
IB210-404-308
IB210-404-314
IB210-410-314
IB210-410-404
2.4
4.8
2.4
4.8
2.4
4.8
2.4
4.8
2.4
7.2
4.8
2.4
7.2
4.8
2.4
4.8
2.4
4.8
2.4
4.8
2.4
7.2
4.8
2.4
7.2
4.8
2.4
7.2
4.8
2.4
7.2
4.8
2.4
7.2
4.8
2.4
7.2
4.8
2.4
2.4
4.8
2.4
7.2
4.8
2.4
7.2
4.8
2.4
7.2
4.8
2.4
7.2
4.8
9.5
4.8
2.4
4.8
2.4
7.2
4.8
9.5
4.8
9.5
4.8
9.5
4.8
4.8
9.5
4.8
9.5
4.8
9.5
4.8
9.5
4.8
9.5
4.8
9.5
4.8
9.5
4.8
9.5
4.8
9.5
4.8
not available -
not available -
IB - IMPERIAL HEXAGON REDUCER BUSHES
81
F
Outside
AF size
Inside
AF size
For TWH27NRH For TWH54NRH For TWH120NRH For TWH210NRH For TWH430NRH
Model number Model number Model number Model number Model number W mm W mm W mm W mm W mm
To reduce the female hexagon AF size of the TWH-NRH metric ratchet
heads (see page 78), these Hi-Force hexagon reducer bushes offer an
easy and economical solution. Just select your outside AF size
(i.e ratchet head AF size) and the required inside AF size to determine the
model number. Please note that wall thickness (specified below as W
dimension) must be added to the minimum radius dimension of your
ratchet head when using a reducer bush.
36
41
46
46
50
50
55
55
55
60
60
60
65
65
65
70
70
70
75
75
75
80
80
80
85
85
85
90
90
90
95
95
95
100
100
100
105
105
105
110
110
110
115
115
115
130
130
130
145
145
145
30
36
36
41
41
46
41
46
50
46
50
55
50
55
60
55
60
65
60
65
70
65
70
75
70
75
80
75
80
85
80
85
90
85
90
95
90
95
100
95
100
105
100
105
110
105
110
115
110
115
130
MB27-60-55
MB27-60-50
MB27-60-46
MB27-55-50
MB27-55-46
MB27-55-41
MB27-50-46
MB27-50-41
MB27-46-41
MB27-46-36
MB27-41-36
MB27-36-30
30 24 MB27-30-24 3.0
2.5
5.0
7.0
2.5
4.5
7.0
2.0
4.5
2.5
5.0
2.5
3.0
MB54-60-55
MB54-60-50
MB54-60-46
MB54-55-50
MB54-55-46
MB54-55-41
MB54-50-46
MB54-50-41
MB54-46-41
MB54-46-36
MB54-41-36
MB54-36-30
MB54-65-50
MB54-80-75
MB54-80-70
MB54-80-65
MB54-75-70
MB54-75-65
MB54-75-60
MB54-70-65
MB54-70-60
MB54-70-55
MB54-65-60
MB54-65-55
3.0
7.5
2.5
5.0
7.0
2.5
4.5
7.0
2.0
4.5
2.5
5.0
2.5
5.0
2.5
5.0
7.5
2.5
5.0
7.5
2.5
5.0
7.5
2.5
MB120-60-55
MB120-60-50
MB120-65-50
MB120-80-75
MB120-80-70
MB120-80-65
MB120-75-70
MB120-75-65
MB120-75-60
MB120-70-65
MB120-70-60
MB120-70-55
MB120-65-60
MB120-65-55
MB120-85-75
MB120-85-70
MB120-85-80
MB120-100-95
MB120-100-90
MB120-100-85
MB120-95-90
MB120-95-85
MB120-95-80
MB120-90-85
MB120-90-80
MB120-90-75
7.5
2.5
5.0
5.0
2.5
5.0
7.5
2.5
5.0
7.5
2.5
5.0
7.5
2.5
2.5
5.0
7.5
7.5
2.5
5.0
7.5
2.5
5.0
7.5
2.5
5.0
2.5
5.0
2.5
2.5
5.0
7.5
7.5
2.5
5.0
7.5
2.5
5.0
7.5
2.5
5.0
7.5
5.0
2.5
5.0
7.5
2.5
5.0
7.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
5.0
7.5
2.5
5.0
7.5
2.5
5.0
7.5
5.0
2.5
5.0
7.5
2.5
5.0
7.5
2.5
7.5
15.0
17.5
7.5
10.0
12.5
MB210-80-75
MB210-80-70
MB210-75-70
MB210-85-75
MB210-85-70
MB210-85-80
MB210-100-95
MB210-100-90
MB210-100-85
MB210-95-90
MB210-95-85
MB210-95-80
MB210-90-85
MB210-90-80
MB210-90-75
MB210-105-90
MB210-115-110
MB210-115-105
MB210-115-100
MB210-110-105
MB210-110-100
MB210-110-95
MB210-105-100
MB210-105-95
not available -
MB430-85-80
MB430-100-95
MB430-100-90
MB430-100-85
MB430-95-90
MB430-95-85
MB430-95-80
MB430-90-85
MB430-90-80
MB430-105-90
MB430-115-110
MB430-115-105
MB430-115-100
MB430-110-105
MB430-110-100
MB430-110-95
MB430-105-100
MB430-105-95
MB430-145-130
MB430-145-115
MB430-145-110
MB430-130-115
MB430-130-110
MB430-130-105
not available -
MB120-55-50
not available
32 27 MB27-32-27 3.0
32 24 MB27-32-24 3.0
2.5
MB - METRIC HEXAGON REDUCER BUSHES
82
F
Suitable for use with TWS-N & TWH-N Wrenches
Interchangeable hexagon links
Positive release mechanism
The Hi-Force BW series of back up wrenches provide an easily fitted and easily removable back nut reaction arm
to prevent both nuts rotating during tightening applications. The T-Bar design adjustable reaction point
prevents lock up once tightening is completed.
BWH with BWM-90
16
5
/
8
/
16
/16
3
8
9
/
3
/
16
/
1
8
1
2
7
8
1
1
1
2
2
2 /
2 16
2 4
2
3 /
3 /
3 /
7
/
13
3
15
Model
Number
Hexagon AF size
BWI-107
BWI-110
BWI-113
BWI-200
BWI-203
BWI-206
BWI-209
BWI-212
BWI-215
BWI-302
BWI-314
BWI-308
BWM-36
BWM-41
BWM-46
BWM-50
BWM-55
BWM-60
BWM-65
BWM-70
BWM-75
BWM-80
BWM-85
BWM-90
BWM-95
BWM-100
36 mm
41 mm
46 mm
50 mm
85 mm
90 mm
80 mm
75 mm
70 mm
65 mm
60 mm
55 mm
100 mm
95 mm
3
7
/
8 16
/
7
Model
Number Description Imperial Metric
From To
Backup wrench holder
Backup wrench holder incl. set of links:
BWH
36mm 100mm
Imperial Metric
1
Description Imperial Metric
Female hexagon link for backup wrench (imperial)
Female hexagon link for backup wrench (metric)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Individual components:
- -
Complete set:
-
- -
-
BWI-SET
BWM-SET
Holder complete with imperial link set (12 pcs)
Holder complete with metric link set (14 pcs)
Hexagon links
Holder
BWH - BACKUP WRENCHES
83
F
HTWP - TORQUE WRENCH PUMPS
Dimensions in mm
Hi-Force hydraulic torque wrench pumps are compatible for use with all Hi-Force hydraulic torque
wrenches. All models are 700 Bar maximum working pressure, fitted with an easily accessible and
adjustable torque setting pressure relief valve, and are available as air driven or electric driven pump
units. All pumps are supplied with a remote operation, push button hand pendant controller with three
metres of control line cable. Glycerine filled, easy to read, dual scale (0-700 Bar/0-10,000 PSI) hydraulic
pressure gauges are fitted as standard to all models. Air driven versions also include an integral inline
filter, regulator, lubricator system with airline pressure gauge and an exhaust air cooling system.
Choice of air or electric power options
Supplied complete with hand pendant controller
Model
number
A B C
Max
pressure
bar
700
700
700
700
700
700
Power
supply
7 Bar
110 volt
240 volt
7 Bar
110 volt
240 volt
Changeover
pressure
bar
100
100
100
60
60
60
Motor
rating
kW
1.5
1.1
1.1
3.7
1.5
1.5
Displacement l/min
low
pressure
6.1
3.9
3.9
13.5
6.3
6.3
high
pressure
0.51
0.36
0.36
1.90
0.90
0.90
HTWP2140P
HTWP2141AR
HTWP2142AR
HTWP3140P-A
HTWP3141P-A
HTWP3142P-A
468 205 445
468 205 445
468 205 445
547 246 589
547 246 653
547 246 653
Weight
kg
28.0
34.0
34.0
60.0
72.0
72.0
Dual scale glycerine filled pressure
gauge fitted as standard
Two speed operation with choice of standard
length hoses available
Externally adjustable torque setting pressure relief
valve fitted as standard
Protective carrying frame and oil sight level gauge
Air pressure gauge and filter-regulator-lubricator
unit (air powered pumps only)
Integral oil cooling system (air powered pumps only)
HTWP2141/2AR are fitted with auto retract
function as standard
HTWP2142AR HTWP3140P-A HTWP2140P
C
B
A
84
F
QUICK CONNECT COUPLINGS
HYDRAULIC HOSES
Note: Alternative length hoses available on request.
HTWH5
HTWH6
HTWH8
HTWH10
Model
number
Length
metres
4
5
6
8
10
Model
number
CF4F
CM4F
Thread type
1
/4" NPT Female
1
/4" NPT Female
Description
Female half coupler
Male half coupler
CM4F
CF4F
4-WAY MULTI SPLIT BLOCK
Model
number
HTWM4
Description
HTWH4
60 HZ ELECTRIC MOTOR
Suffix
Multi-split block complete with
quick connect couplers. Suitable
for use with up to 4 hydraulic
wrenches from one pump unit
Description
Twin hose set with hose
clips and quick connect
couplers on both ends.
H Please suffix your pump
model with H for 60Hz
version
suffix H
HTWM4
HTWP - TORQUE WRENCH PUMP ACCESSORIES
HTWH4
Note: Always check for the required thread size when ordering spare or
replacement couplings. If different thread size is required, please
check available reducers and adaptors on page 54 of this
catalogue.
85
F
Model
number
Industrial heavy duty design
Square drive sizes from to 1
Excellent power to weight ratio
The IW range of heavy duty pneumatic impact wrenches is designed for high volume production, heavy
maintenance and construction work. A choice of four models in square drive sizes , , 1 or 1 is
available all offering an excellent power to weight ratio, compact design and low vibration. Available with
pistol grip (models IW13P and IW19P) and back handle grip (models IW25B and IW38B) these high
quality tools offer increased durability, low noise level and reduced operator fatigue. All models can be
used for tightening and loosening applications and incorporate a four position adjustable power output
device.
Choice of four models
Minimal noise and vibration features
Operates from standard 6 Bar air pressure
IW19P
IW25B
Weight
kg
IW13P
IW19P
IW25B
IW38B
Free speed
R.P.M. I.P.M.
3800
3700
6300
3000
1100
700
1200
600
Recommended torque
Nm lbf.ft
250-870
700-2000
90-400
800-2800
180-630
517-1476
65-295
590-2066
6.2
10.7
2.8
16.0
Bolt capacity
mm inch
22
45
16
50
3
4
/
1
2
7
8
/
5
8
/
Square
drive size
1
2
/
1
1
3
4
/
1
2
/
Max. torque
Nm
1100
2340
500
3200
lbf.ft
812
1727
369
2361
Pistol grip versions
Back handle grip versions
Air Consumption
m/min cfm
0.60
0.75
0.35
0.82
21.4
26.7
12.5
29.2
IW13P
A full range of impact quality sockets,
in both imperial and metric sizes,
for use with Hi-Force impact wrenches
is detailed on pages 73 and 74.
IW - PNEUMATIC IMPACT WRENCHES
FRL - FILTER REGULATOR LUBRICATOR UNIT
86
F
Protective carrying frame
Complete with air inlet hose
Air pressure gauge fitted as standard
FRL11
The Hi-Force FRL filter regulator lubricator unit is designed to be used in conjunction with air operated tools
and air driven pump units. The unit allows the air pressure to be adjusted to suit the requirements of the
tool. The unit will also remove dust and water from the air supply and inject lubricant to the tool to ensure
smooth operation. Supplied in a robust steel carrying and protective frame as standard, the unit comes
complete with air inlet pressure gauge and 3 meter air hose with end fittings.
We strongly advise to use this unit also with all other air operated tools and air driven pumps, such as IW
series of pneumatic impact wrenches (see page 85), the AHP series foot operated air driven pumps (see
page 45 - 46) and similar products.
number
Model
FRL11
Length Width Height
Dimensions in mm
FRL11 as part of the
PG series pneumatic torque multiplier
Air inlet Air outlet
connection connection
Weight
kg
The FRL filter regulator lubricator
unit is supplied as standard with
all pneumatic torque multipliers,
series PG, SP and PT (see pages
68 & 69) and is fitted to all
HTWP air driven hydraulic torque
wrench pumps as detailed on
page 83 of this catalogue.
The Hi-Force AHP1 and AHP2 air
driven Hydrotest pump units are
supplied complete with similar
filter regulator lubricator units as
an integrated part of the pump
units.
3.0 200 200 310 / BSP
1
2
/ BSP
1
2
Topside bolt tensioners
Imperial range
Metric range
Sub-sea bolt tensioners
Metric range
Imperial range
87
STS Imperial Range
STS Metric Range
STU Metric Range
STU Imperial Range
G
Pages
88 - 89
Pages
90 - 91
Bolt tensioner components
Imperial range
Bolt tensioner components
Metric range
STS Imperial Range
STS Metric Range
Pages
92 - 93
Pages
94 - 95
Page
99
Page
100
Hydraulic tensioner nuts
Metric range
The ultimate software package for calculation
of the correct torque and tension values
Hydraulic pumps for all
Hi-Force bolt tensioners
Accessories
HTN Metric Range
BoltRight
AHP & XHP Pumps
Page
102
Page
103
Page
104
Pages
105 - 106
Spring return topside bolt tensioners
Imperial range
Purpose built special design
Metric range
STS-SR Imperial Range
STS Specials
STS-SR Metric Range
Page
96
Page
98
Page
97
Hydraulic tensioner nuts
Imperial range
HTN Imperial Range
Page
101
Bolt tensioner hoses,
couplers and hose reels
BOLT TENSIONERS
STS - TOPSIDE BOLT TENSIONERS - IMPERIAL RANGE
88
G
Capacities from 234 to 2649 kN
Single acting design
STS1-100B2
STS3-175B1 STS4-250B2
The STS imperial bolt tensioner range is designed for topside operation in a wide variety of applications
including pipeline flanges, heat exchangers, pressure vessels, compressor covers, boiler feed pumps,
anchor bolts and many others. The range comprises of 26 imperial size options ranging from to 4
thread size and all models are suitable for working pressures up to 1500 Bar. Each of the 6 models of
hydraulic tensioning cylinder can be operated with a variety of threaded pullers and nut rotating sockets
ensuring that the maximum possible range of bolt sizes can be accommodated using the minimum
number of hydraulic cylinders. Threaded pullers, bridges and nut rotating sockets are available as
individual components (see pages 90 & 91 for detailed information).
All Hi-Force hydraulic bolt tensioners are designed and manufactured to include a wear coated piston,
maximum piston stroke indicator, self-energising high pressure seals, dual quick connect couplings for
easy multiple tensioner connection and a user friendly operation and maintenance procedure. Suitable
manual and air driven hydraulic pumps, high pressure hoses and couplings for use with Hi-Force bolt
tensioners are detailed on pages 103 & 104.
Nitrocarburised piston
Maximum piston stroke indicator
Suitable for single or multi-tensioning applications
Specially designed tensioners available on request (see page 98)
User friendly operating and maintenance procedure
Choice of manually operated or air powered pumps
Nut rotating
socket
Oil inlet port
Tommy bar
Threaded puller
Piston
Load Cell
Bridge
Turn direction
89
STS - TOPSIDE BOLT TENSIONERS - IMPERIAL RANGE
G
Bolt sizes from to 4
Modular design for optimum versatility
Dual quick connect couplings for easy connection
Model
number
Dimensions in mm
Bolt
thread
size
Capacity
kN tonnes
Effective
area
cm
Stroke
mm
Note: Weight is for load cell and bridge only. Total weight of complete assembly depends on size of puller and nut rotating socket selected.
Weight
kg A B C min D E F
Threads
per
inch
STS2-125B1
1
4
/
1 457 46.6 30.5 15 3.5 102 39 103 128 54 74 8
STS2-150B1
1
2
/
1 457 46.6 30.5 15 3.5 102 39 103 128 54 80 8
STS3-200B2 2 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.1 133 50 117 155 56 104 8
STS4-187B1
7
8
/
1 1264 128.9 84.3 15 10.6 163 50 119 149 57 104 8
STS4-200B2 2 1264 128.9 84.3 15 10.6 163 62 119 149 57 106 8
STS4-225B2
1
4
/
2 1264 128.9 84.3 15 10.6 163 62 135 165 57 121 8
STS4-250B2
1
2
/
2 1264 128.9 84.3 15 10.6 163 62 135 165 57 127 8
STS5-250B1
1
2
/
2
1833 186.9 122.2 15 16.0 193 73 145 187 60 134 8
STS5-275B1
3
4
/
2 1833 186.9 122.2 15 16.0 193 73 145 187 60 140 8
STS5-300B1 3 1833 186.9 122.2 15 16.0 193 73 145 187 60 147 8
STS6-300B1 3 2649 270.0 176.6 15 23.5 233 84 178 216 64 161 8
STS6-325B1
1
4
/
3 2649 270.0 176.6 15 23.5 233 84 178 216 64 167 8
STS6-350B1
1
2
/
3 2649 270.0 176.6 15 23.5 233 84 178 216 64 172 8
STS6-375B3
3
4
/
3 2649 270.0 176.6 15 23.5 233 105 205 257 64 191 8
STS6-400B3 4 2649 270.0 176.6 15 23.5 233 105 205 257 64 196 8
STS1-075B1
3
4
/
234 23.9 15.6 10 1.7 74 28 74 90 45 51 10
STS1-087B1
7
8
/
234 23.9 15.6 10 1.7 74 28 74 90 45 54 9
STS1-100B2 1 234 23.9 15.6 10 1.7 74 30 80 98 45 61 8
STS1-112B2
1
8
/
1 234 23.9 15.6 10 1.7 74 30 80 98 45 64 8
STS2-137B1
3
8
/
1 457 46.6 30.5 15 3.5 102 39 103 128 54 77 8
STS3-162B1
5
8
/
1 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.1 133 47 115 150 56 92 8
STS1-100B2
STS3-175B1
STS4-250B2
F
STS4-200B1 2 1264 128.9 84.3 15 10.6 8 163 50 119 149 57 104
133 47 115 150 56 93 STS3-175B1
3
4
/
1 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.1 8
133 47 115 150 56 97 STS3-187B1
7
8
/
1 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.1 8
STS3-187B2
7
8
/
1 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.1 8 133 50 117 155 56 104
STS3-175B2
3
4
/
1 822 83.8 54.8 15 6.1 8 133 50 117 155 56 104
Force
A
B
C
D E
STS - BOLT TENSIONER COMPONENTS - IMPERIAL
90
G
The modular design of Hi-Force STS series topside hydraulic bolt tensioners enables the user to adapt an
existing STS tensioner assembly to another thread size, within the tensioner range, by purchasing
individual components or a simple conversion kit. By changing the required components (see drawing and
table on the next page), Hi-Force STS bolt tensioners offer the user even greater versatility at an
economical cost.
Tensioner models STS1, STS3, STS4 & STS6 are available with two different bridge sizes, hence always
check whether or not the required thread change is possible within the bridge size (please follow coloured
lines in below drawing). Make sure that all components match up. DO NOT mix components from different
colour lines. A large bridge will require the usage of a long threaded puller to ensure sufficient thread
engagement, as well as a large size nut rotating socket.
Threaded
puller
Nut rotating
socket
For use with STS Imperial Tensioners
Modular design
Offers greater versatility
Changes within the same colour
code DO NOT require a bridge
change however, changes from the
red to blue line (or vice versa) MUST
include a relative bridge also.
The next page will provide part
numbers for all the tensioner
components, for which the same
colour coding is used, i.e. red
represents the smaller bolt sizes
within the tensioner range,
comprising of short threaded
adapter, load cell, small bridge,
small nut rotating socket and
tommy bar. The blue line represents
the larger bolt sizes within the
tensioner range, in which case the
tensioner is built from the long
threaded adaptor, load cell, large
bridge, large nut rotating socket
and tommy bar.
Note: STS2 & STS5 models both
have only one tensioner bridge
available.
Bridge
91
STS - BOLT TENSIONER COMPONENTS - IMPERIAL
G
Note: Remember to check bridge compatibility for STS1, STS3, STS4 and STS6 models when ordering components.
Principle of STS bolt tensioner
A = Load cell
B = Tommy bar
C = Bridge
D = Threaded puller
E = Nut rotating socket
A
C
D
B E
Bolt
Thread Model number Bridge D - Threaded puller E - Rotating socket
Denotes smaller bridge size within tensioner range
Denotes larger bridge size within tensioner range
STS1-B1
STS1-B2
STS2-B1
STS3-B1
STS3-B2
STS5-B1
STS6-B1
STS6-B3
Denotes one bridge size within tensioner range
STS1-075B1
STS1-087B1
STS1-100B2
STS1-112B2
STS2-125B1
STS2-137B1
STS2-150B1
STS3-162B1
STS3-175B1
STS3-187B1
STS3-175B2
STS3-187B2
STS3-200B2
STS4-225B2
STS5-250B1
STS5-275B1
STS5-300B1
STS6-300B1
STS6-325B1
STS6-350B1
STS6-375B3
STS6-400B3
RS1-32B1
RS1-37B1
RS1-41B2
RS1-46B2
RS2-51B1
RS2-56B1
RS2-60B1
RS3-65B1
RS3-70B1
RS3-75B1
RS3-70B2
RS3-75B2
RS3-80B2
RS4-98B2
RS5-100B1
RS5-108B1
RS5-118B1
RS6-118B1
RS6-127B1
RS6-137B1
RS6-146B3
RS6-156B3
This table provides all the information to select the components to
modify your existing tensioner to suit another bolt size. Changes
are only possible within the same tensioner size. It is essential that
all the components or selected conversion kits have the same
suffix as the target tensioner size (i.e. B1, B2 or B3).
Examples:
To change from STS3-162B1 to STS3-187B1 would require
conversion kit CK3-187B1 only.
To change from STS3-187B1 to STS3-200B2 would require
conversion kit CK3-200B2 and bridge STS3-B2.
Complete tensioner
STS1-LC
STS2-LC
STS3-LC
STS5-LC
STS6-LC
Load cell
TB1
TB2
TB3
TB5
TB5
Tommy bar conversion kit
Individual components
Available as conversion kit Complete
CK1-075B1
CK1-087B1
CK1-100B2
CK1-112B2
CK2-125B1
CK2-137B1
CK2-150B1
CK3-162B1
CK3-175B1
CK3-187B1
CK3-175B2
CK3-187B2
CK3-200B2
CK5-250B1
CK5-275B1
CK5-300B1
CK6-300B1
CK6-325B1
CK6-350B1
CK6-375B3
CK6-400B3
TP1-075B1
TP1-087B1
TP1-100B2
TP1-112B2
TP2-125B1
TP2-137B1
TP2-150B1
TP3-162B1
TP3-175B1
TP3-187B1
TP3-175B2
TP3-200B2
TP3-187B2
TP5-250B1
TP5-275B1
TP5-300B1
TP6-300B1
TP6-325B1
TP6-350B1
TP6-375B3
TP6-400B3
STS4-B1
STS4-B2
STS4-187B1
STS4-200B2
STS4-200B1
STS4-250B2
RS4-75B1
RS4-80B1
RS4-90B2
RS4-80B2
STS4-LC TB3
CK4-187B1
CK4-200B1
CK4-200B2
CK4-225B2
CK4-250B2
TP4-187B1
TP4-200B1
TP4-200B2
TP4-225B2
TP4-250B2
For tensioner range STS2:
V
A B C
D & E
3
4
/
1
1
2
/
1
3
4
/
1
7
8
/
1
1
4
/
2
1
2
/
2
1
2
/
2
1
8
/
1
5
8
/
1
1
4
/
1
3
8
/
1
2
3
4
/
2
1
2
/
3
1
4
/
3
4
3
3
4
/
3
7
8
/
7
8
/
1
2
3
3
4
/
1
7
8
/
1
2
STS - TOPSIDE BOLT TENSIONERS - METRIC RANGE
92
G
Capacities from 234 to 2649 kN
STS3-M52
Nitrocarburised piston
Suitable for single or multi-tensioning applications
Specially designed tensioners available on request (see page 98)
User friendly operating and maintenance procedure
Choice of manually operated or air powered pumps
Threader Puller
Piston
Load Cell
Oil inlet port
Bridge
Tommy Bar
Turn Direction
Nut rotating
socket
The STS metric bolt tensioner range is designed for topside operation in a wide variety of applications
including pipeline flanges, heat exchangers, pressure vessels, compressor covers, boiler feed pumps,
anchor bolts and many others. The range comprises of 26 metric size options ranging from M16 to
M100 thread size and all models are suitable for working pressures up to 1500 Bar. Each of the
6 models of hydraulic tensioning cylinder can be operated with a variety of threaded pullers and nut
rotating sockets ensuring that the maximum possible range of bolt sizes can be accommodated using the
minimum number of hydraulic cylinders. Threaded pullers and nut rotating sockets are available as
individual components (see pages 94 & 95 for detailed information).
All Hi-Force hydraulic bolt tensioners are designed and manufactured to include a wear coated piston,
maximum piston stroke indicator, self-energising high pressure seals, dual quick connect couplings for
easy multiple tensioner connection and a user friendly operation and maintenance procedure. Suitable
manual and air driven hydraulic pumps, high pressure hoses and couplings for use with Hi-Force bolt
93
STS - TOPSIDE BOLT TENSIONERS - METRIC RANGE
G
Bolt sizes from M16 to M100
Modular design for optimum versatility
Dual quick couplings for easy connection
STS3-M52
Model
number
Dimensions in mm
STS3-M42B1
STS3-M48B1
STS4-M48B1
STS4-M52B1
STS4-M56B2
STS4-M60B2
STS4-M64B2
STS5-M64B1
STS5-M68B1
STS5-M72B1
STS5-M76B1
STS6-M76B1
STS6-M80B1
STS6-M85B1
STS6-M90B1
STS6-M95B3
STS6-M100B3
STS2-M30B1
STS2-M33B1
STS2-M36B1
STS2-M39B1
STS3-M45B1
STS3-M52B2
Bolt
thread
size
Note: Weight is for load cell and bridge only. Total weight of complete assembly depends on size of puller and nut rotating socket selected.
6.1
6.1
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
23.5
23.5
23.5
23.5
23.5
23.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
6.1
6.1
Weight
kg A B
47
47
50
50
62
62
62
73
73
73
73
84
84
84
84
105
105
39
39
39
39
47
50
C
115
115
119
119
135
135
135
145
145
145
145
178
178
178
178
205
205
103
103
103
103
115
117
D
150
150
149
149
165
165
165
187
187
187
187
216
216
216
216
257
257
128
128
128
128
150
155
E
56
56
57
57
57
57
57
60
60
60
60
64
64
64
64
64
64
54
54
54
54
56
56
F
91
97
105
108
120
124
126
134
136
139
142
158
160
162
170
184
190
71
74
77
80
94
105
STS1-M24B2
STS1-M16B1
STS1-M18B1
STS1-M20B1
STS1-M22B2
STS1-M27B2
Capacity
kN
822
822
1264
1264
1264
1264
1264
1833
1833
1833
1833
2649
2649
2649
2649
2649
2649
457
457
457
457
822
822
234
234
234
234
234
234
tonnes
83.8
83.8
128.9
128.9
128.9
128.9
128.9
186.9
186.9
186.9
186.9
270.0
270.0
270.0
270.0
270.0
270.0
46.6
46.6
46.6
46.6
83.8
83.8
23.9
23.9
23.9
23.9
23.9
23.9
Effective
area
cm
54.8
54.8
84.3
84.3
84.3
84.3
84.3
122.2
122.2
122.2
122.2
176.6
176.6
176.6
176.6
176.6
176.6
30.5
30.5
30.5
30.5
54.8
54.8
15.6
15.6
15.6
15.6
15.6
15.6
Stroke
mm
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
10
10
10
10
10
10
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
133
133
163
163
163
163
163
193
193
193
193
233
233
233
233
233
233
102
102
102
102
133
133
74
74
74
74
74
74
30
28
28
28
30
30
80
74
74
74
80
80
98
90
90
90
98
98
45
45
45
45
45
45
59
47
49
51
56
61
M42
M48
M48
M52
M56
M60
M64
M64
M68
M72
M76
M76
M80
M85
M90
M95
M100
M30
M33
M36
M39
M45
M52
M24
M16
M18
M20
M22
M27
Thread
pitch
4.5
5
5
5
5.5
5.5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
3.5
3.5
4
4
4.5
5
3
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
STS3-M45B2
STS3-M48B2
STS4-M52B2
6.1 822 83.8 54.8 15 M45 4.5 50 117 155 56 105 133
50 117 155 56 105 133 6.1 822 83.8 54.8 15 M48 5
62 135 165 57 120 163 10.6 1264 128.9 84.3 15 M52 5
F
Force
A
B
C
D E
STS-CK - BOLT TENSIONER COMPONENTS - METRIC
94
G
Similar to the imperial tensioner components (pages 90 & 91), the Hi-Force metric topside hydraulic bolt
tensioners are also modular in design and can be adapted to another thread size, within the tensioner
range, by purchasing individual components or a simple conversion kit. By changing the required
components (see drawing and table on the next page), Hi-Force STS bolt tensioners offer the user even
greater versatility at an economical cost.
Cost saving option
Easily fitted to existing tensioner assembly
Offers greater versatility
Tensioner models STS1, STS3, STS4 & STS6 are available with two different bridge sizes, hence always
check whether or not the required thread change is possible within the bridge size (please follow coloured
lines in below drawing). Make sure that all components match up. DO NOT mix components from different
colour lines. A large bridge will require the usage of a long threaded puller to ensure sufficient thread
engagement, as well as a large size nut rotating socket.
Changes within the same colour
code DO NOT require a bridge
change however, changes from the
red to blue line (or vice versa) MUST
include a relative bridge also.
The next page will provide part
numbers for all the tensioner
components, for which the same
colour coding is used, i.e.
Red represents the smaller bolt
sizes within the tensioner range,
comprising of short threaded
adapter, load cell, small bridge,
small nut rotating socket and
tommy bar. The blue line represents
the larger bolt sizes within the
tensioner range, in which case the
tensioner is built from the long
threaded adaptor, load cell, large
bridge, large nut rotating socket and
tommy bar.
Note: STS2 & STS5 models both
have only one tensioner bridge
available.
Threaded
puller
Nut rotating
socket
Bridge
95
STS - BOLT TENSIONER COMPONENTS - METRIC
G
Note: Remember to check bridge compatibility for STS1, STS3, STS4 and STS6 models when ordering components.
Principle of STS bolt tensioner
A = Load cell
B = Tommy bar
C = Bridge
D = Threaded puller
E = Nut rotating socket
A
C
D
B E
Bolt
Thread Model number Bridge D - Threaded puller E - Rotating socket
Denotes smaller bridge size within tensioner range
Denotes larger bridge size within tensioner range
STS1-B1
STS1-B2
STS2-B1
STS3-B1
STS3-B2
STS4-B1
STS4-B2
STS5-B1
STS6-B1
STS6-B3
Denotes one bridge size within tensioner range
M16
M18
M20
M22
M24
M27
M30
M33
M36
M39
M42
M45
M48
M45
M48
M52
M48
M52
M52
M56
M60
M64
M64
M68
M72
M76
M76
M80
M85
M90
M95
M100
STS1-M16B1
STS1-M18B1
STS1-M20B1
STS1-M22B2
STS1-M24B2
STS1-M27B2
STS2-M30B1
STS2-M33B1
STS2-M36B1
STS2-M39B1
STS3-M42B1
STS3-M45B1
STS3-M48B1
STS3-M45B2
STS3-M48B2
STS3-M52B2
STS4-M48B1
STS4-M52B1
STS4-M52B2
STS4-M56B2
STS4-M60B2
STS4-M64B2
STS5-M64B1
STS5-M68B1
STS5-M72B1
STS5-M76B1
STS6-M76B1
STS6-M80B1
STS6-M85B1
STS6-M90B1
STS6-M95B3
STS6-M100B3
RS1-24B1
RS1-27B1
RS1-30B1
RS1-32B2
RS1-37B2
RS1-41B2
RS2-46B1
RS2-51B1
RS2-56B1
RS2-60B1
RS3-65B1
RS3-70B1
RS3-75B1
RS3-70B2
RS3-75B2
RS3-80B2
RS4-75B1
RS4-80B1
RS4-80B2
RS4-85B2
RS4-90B2
RS4-95B2
RS5-95B1
RS5-100B1
RS5-105B1
RS5-110B1
RS6-110B1
RS6-115B1
RS6-120B1
RS6-130B1
RS6-135B3
RS6-146B3
This table provides all the information to select the components to
modify your existing tensioner to suit another bolt size. Changes
are only possible within the same tensioner size. It is essential that
all the components or selected conversion kits have the same
suffix as the target tensioner size (i.e.B1, B2 or B3).
Examples:
To change from STS3-M42B1 to STS3-M48B1 would require
conversion kit CK3-M48B1 only.
To change from STS3-M48B1 to STS3-M52B2 would require
conversion kit CK3-M52B2 and bridge STS3-B2.
Complete tensioner
STS1-LC
STS2-LC
STS3-LC
STS4-LC
STS5-LC
STS6-LC
Load cell
TB1
TB2
TB3
TB3
TB5
TB5
Tommy bar conversion kit
Individual components
Available as conversion kit Complete
CK1-M16B1
CK1-M18B1
CK1-M20B1
CK1-M22B2
CK1-M24B2
CK1-M27B2
CK2-M30B1
CK2-M33B1
CK2-M36B1
CK2-M39B1
CK3-M42B1
CK3-M45B1
CK3-M48B1
CK3-M45B2
CK3-M48B2
CK3-M52B2
CK4-M48B1
CK4-M52B1
CK4-M52B2
CK4-M56B2
CK4-M60B2
CK4-M64B2
CK5-M64B1
CK5-M68B1
CK5-M72B1
CK5-M76B1
CK6-M76B1
CK6-M80B1
CK6-M85B1
CK6-M90B1
CK6-M95B3
CK6-M100B3
TP1-M16B1
TP1-M18B1
TP1-M20B1
TP1-M22B2
TP1-M24B2
TP1-M27B2
TP2-M30B1
TP2-M33B1
TP2-M36B1
TP2-M39B1
TP3-M42B1
TP3-M45B1
TP3-M48B1
TP3-M45B2
TP3-M48B2
TP3-M52B2
TP4-M48B1
TP4-M52B1
TP4-M52B2
TP4-M56B2
TP4-M60B2
TP4-M64B2
TP5-M64B1
TP5-M68B1
TP5-M72B1
TP5-M76B1
TP6-M76B1
TP6-M80B1
TP6-M85B1
TP6-M90B1
TP6-M95B3
TP6-M100B3
V
A B C
D & E
96
G
number
Model
Bolt
thread
Thread Pitch
Capacity
Kn Tonnes cm
2
Dimensions in mm
A B C D E F
STS5-250SR
STS5-275SR
STS5-300SR
STS6-325SR
STS6-350SR
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
1846
1846
1846
2657
STS6-400SR
STS6-375SR
STS6-300SR
2657
2657
2657
2657 8
188.2
188.2
188.2
270.8
270.8
270.8
270.8
270.8
123.1
123.1
123.1
177.1
177.1
177.1
177.1
177.1
size
Effective
Area
Stroke Weight
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
23.2
23.2
23.2
35.9
35.9
35.9
41.1
41.1
193
193
193
233
233
233
233
233
84
84
84
105
105
73
73
73
96
96
96
97
97
97
97
97
208
208
208
229
229
229
270
270
96
96
96
97
97
97
97
97
134
140
147
161
167
172
191
196
2
2
4
4
/
1
2
/
/
1
3
3 4
3
1
/
2
3
4
3
/
The versatility of the STS-SR bolt tensioner range,

is identical to our standard STS range, with a
variety of interchangeable threaded pullers and
nut rotating sockets available, either as bolt size
conversion kits or individual parts. Further details
on STS-SR conversion kits are available on
request. All STS-SR bolt tensioners are designed
and manufactured with a wear coated piston,
maximum stroke indicator, self energising high
pressure seals, dual quick connect couplers, for
easy multiple tensioner hook up and operate at
pressures up to 1500 Bar maximum.
Suitable hydraulic pumps and high pressure
hydraulic hose assemblies for use with STS-SR
A
B
C
D
E
Imperial bolt size range from 2
Maximum working pressure 1500 Bar
Spring assisted piston retraction
to 4
F
STS-SR - SPRING RETURN BOLT TENSIONERS - IMPERIAL
STS5-300SR
1
/
2
The STS-SR imperial range of hydraulic bolt tensioners, offers all of the features and benefits of our
standard STS range (see pages 88-91), but with the added feature of spring assisted return hydraulic
pistons. Designed primarily for topside operation, this additional spring return piston feature will reduce
bolt tensioning cycle times considerably, as the tensioner piston will automatically retract immediately after
the hydraulic pressure is released. The range currently comprises of 8 models, suitable for standard size
bolts from 2 to 4 diameter. For bolt sizes less than 2 diameter, where manually retracting the
tensioner piston is much easier and faster, please refer to our standard STS range on pages 88-91.
We can, if necessary, design and manufacture spring return piston versions, for bolt sizes less than
2 diameter, to special order.
1
/
2
1
/
2
1
/
2
1
/
2
G
The STS-SR metric range of hydraulic bolt tensioners offers all of the features and benefits of our
standard STS range (see pages 92-95), but with the added feature of spring assisted return hydraulic
pistons. Designed primarily for topside operation, this additional spring return piston feature, will reduce
bolt tensioning cycle times considerably, as the tensioner piston will automatically retract, immediately after
the hydraulic pressure is released. The range currently comprises of 10 models, suitable for standard size
bolts from M64 to M100 diameter. For bolt sizes below M64 diameter, where manually retracting the
tensioner piston is much faster, please refer to our standard STS range on pages 92-95.
We can, if necessary, design and manufacture spring return piston versions for bolt sizes less than M64
diameter, to special order.
The versatility of the STS-SR bolt tensioner range, is identical to our standard STS range, with a variety of
interchangeable threaded pullers and nut rotating sockets available, either as bolt size conversion kits or
individual parts. All STS-SR bolt tensioners are designed and manufactured with a wear coated piston,
maximum stroke indicator, self energising high pressure seals, dual quick connect couplers, for easy
multiple tensioner hook up and operate at pressures up to 1500 Bar maximum. Suitable hydraulic pumps
and high pressure hydraulic hose assemblies for use with SRS-SR tensioners are detailed on pages
103 - 104.
number
Model
Bolt
thread
Thread Pitch
Capacity
Kn Tonnes
Dimensions in mm
A B C D E F
STS5-M64SR
STS5-M68SR
STS5-M72SR
6
6
6
1846
1846
1846
188.2
188.2
188.2
123.1
123.1
123.1
size cm
2
Effective
Area
Stroke Weight
15
15
15
23.2
23.2
23.2
193
193
193
73
73
73
96
96
96
208
208
208
96
96
96
134
136
139
M64
M68
M72
STS6-M90SR 2657 6 270.8 M90 177.1 15 35.9 233 84 229 97 170 107
STS6-M76SR
STS6-M80SR
6
6
6
6
STS6-M85SR
STS5-M76SR
2657
2657
188.2
270.8
270.8
177.1
177.1
15
15
15
35.9 233
233
84
84
229
229
97
97
142
160
162
M76
M76
M80
M85
1846 123.1
35.9
23.2 193 73 96
107
107
208
2657 270.8 177.1 15 35.9 233 97 158 84 107 229
96
Metric bolt size range from M64 to M100
Maximum working pressure 1500 Bar
Spring assisted piston retraction
Note: For dimensional drawing, please see page 96.
Note ...
Standard STS conversion kits are NOT compatible for use with
STS-SR tensioners. STS-SR conversion kits are available to
special order.
41.1 105 270 STS6-M100SR M100 6 2657 270.8 177.1 15 233 107 97 190
177.1 41.1 233 105 270 97 STS6-M95SR M95 6 2657 270.8 15 107 184
STS6-M95SR M95 4
STS6-M90SR M90 4 2657 270.8 177.1 15 35.9 233 84 229 97 170 107
STS6-M76SR M76 4 2657 270.8 177.1 15 35.9 233 97 158 84 107 229
2657 270.8 177.1 15 41.1 233 105 107 270 97 184
97
STS-SR - SPRING RETURN BOLT TENSIONERS - METRIC
STS5-M76SR
G
Custom built to your requirements
Short delivery lead time
In addition to the large range of standard topside bolt tensioners available, Hi-Force has the capability to
manufacture tensioners to suit special requirements. Our product designs incorporate the latest
Solid Works computer technology and together with our state of the art CNC production machinery,
we have the capability to offer a solution to meet your needs.
Example of situations where Hi-Force have been able to offer bespoke solutions include:

Non standard sizes and shapes of nut requiring special bridges
Nuts recessed into holes requiring special sockets

Studs with two different thread sizes
Larger size bolts
Applications with restricted space requirements
Systems with different operating pressures
Bridges with increased load bearing area

98
STS - SPECIAL DESIGN TOPSIDE BOLT TENSIONERS
Topview Hi-Force quick fit
threaded puller
Hi-Force STU series sub-sea bolt tensioners are designed and manufactured to suit the demanding
requirements of divers operating in harsh sub-sea environments. With an easy to operate two piece design
comprising of a quick fit/release threaded puller and a hydraulic load cell with integral bridge and an extra
long 30mm piston stroke to reduce re-setting operations. Hi-Force STU series sub-sea bolt tensioners offer
a consistent, reliable and cost effective method of tensioning sub-sea bolted joints. All hydraulic load cells
are suitable for different thread sizes (see table below and on page 100) and interchangeable quick
fit/release pullers can be ordered separately, as required, resulting in even greater flexibility and cost
savings.
Model
number
Dimensions in mm
Bolt
thread
size
Capacity
kN Tonnes
Effective
area
cm
Weight
kg A B C D E F
STU3-150
STU4-175
STU5-200
STU5-225
STU6-250
STU6-275
STU7-300
STU7-350
STU7-325
STU1-100
STU1-112
STU2-125
STU2-137
STU3-162
STU4-187
533.39
756.30
1168.19
1168.19
1649.12
1649.12
2483.44
2483.44
2483.44
256.04
256.04
430.36
430.36
533.39
756.30
56.41
77.09
119.08
119.08
168.11
168.11
253.15
253.15
253.15
26.10
26.10
43.87
43.87
56.41
77.09
36.89
50.42
77.88
77.88
109.94
109.94
165.56
165.56
165.56
17.07
17.07
28.69
28.69
36.89
50.42
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
7.5
9.8
14.5
14.5
22.8
22.8
35.6
35.6
35.6
3.4
3.4
6.0
6.0
7.5
9.8
114
128
148
148
176
176
215
215
215
82
82
102
102
114
128
35
41
48
48
60
60
89
89
89
22
22
30
30
35
41
142
151
164
164
183
183
215
215
215
129
129
140
140
142
151
142
151
164
164
183
183
215
215
215
129
129
140
140
142
151
169
181
202
202
231
231
260
260
260
150
150
164
164
169
181
82
94
112
116
136
141
162
175
173
61
64
73
75
85
98
Stroke
mm
1
1
2
/
1
3
4
/
1
7
8
/
1
1
4
/
2
1
2
/
2
1
8
/
1
5
8
/
1
1
4
/
1
3
8
/
1
2
3
1
4
/
3
1
2
/
3
3
4
/
2
- 8UN
- 8UN
- 8UN
- 8UN
- 8UN
- 8UN
- 8UN
- 8UN
- 8UN
- 8UN
- 8UN
- 8UN
- 8UN
- 8UN
- 8UN
Interchangeable quickfit/release pullers
Load cell with integral bridge
F
A
B
C
D
E
Force
STU3-162
99
G
STU - SUB SEA BOLT TENSIONERS - IMPERIAL
100
G
STU3-42
Topview Hi-Force quick fit
threaded puller
Extra long 30mm piston stroke to reduce re-setting time
Dual hose connection for easy hook up
Corrosion protected for operation in harsh sub-sea environments
F
A
B
C
D
Force
E
Model
number
Dimensions in mm
Bolt
thread
size
Capacity
kN Tonnes
Effective
area
cm
Weight
kg A B C D E F
STU2-36
STU3-42
STU4-48
STU5-52
STU5-56
STU6-72
STU7-85
STU7-90
STU7-76
STU1-24
STU1-27
STU2-30
STU2-33
STU3-39
STU4-45
28.69
36.89
50.42
77.88
77.88
109.94
165.56
165.56
165.56
17.07
17.07
28.69
28.69
36.89
50.42
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
6.0
7.5
9.8
14.5
14.5
22.8
35.6
35.6
35.6
3.4
3.4
6.0
6.0
7.5
9.8
102
114
128
148
148
176
215
215
215
82
82
102
102
114
128
30
35
41
48
48
60
94
94
94
22
22
30
30
35
41
140
142
151
164
164
183
215
215
215
129
129
140
140
142
151
140
142
151
164
164
183
215
215
215
129
129
140
140
142
151
164
169
181
202
202
231
260
260
260
150
150
164
164
169
181
78
85
98
112
116
141
175
175
164
61
64
73
75
82
94
Stroke
mm
M36 x 4
M42 x 4.5
M48 x 5
M52 x 5
M56 x 5.5
M72 x 6
M85 x 6
M90 x 6
M76 x 6
M24 x 3
M27 x 3
M30 x 3.5
M33 x 3.5
M39 x 4
M45 x 4.5
STU7-80
430.36
553.39
756.30
1168.19
1168.19
1649.12
2483.44
2483.44
2483.44
256.04
256.04
430.36
430.36
553.39
756.30
2483.44
43.87
56.41
77.09
119.08
119.08
STU6-64 109.94 30 22.8 176 60 183 183 231 136 M64 x 6 1649.12 168.11
168.11
253.15
253.15
253.15
26.10
26.10
43.87
43.87
56.41
77.09
253.15 165.56 30 35.6 215 94 215 215 260 164 M80 x 6
STU6-68 109.94 30 22.8 176 60 183 183 231 136 M68 x 6 1649.12 168.11
STU6-60 109.94 30 22.8 176 60 183 183 231 136 M60 x 5.5 1649.12 168.11
Load cell with integral bridge
Interchangeable quickfit/release pullers
STU - SUB-SEA BOLT TENSIONERS - METRIC
101
G
Integral mechanical load retaining collar
Imperial thread sizes from 1 to 4
Stroke
mm
1 - 8 UN
1
1 - 8 UN
/
4
1 - 8 UN
3
1 - 8 UN
1 - 8 UN
8
/
/
1
4
3
8
/
1
/
2
5
1
/
8
1 - 8 UN /
4
1 - 8 UN
7
/
8
2 - 8 UN
1
2 - 8 UN
1
/
2
2 - 8 UN
3
/
4
3- 8 UN
3 - 8 UN /
4
3 - 8 UN
1
/
2
3 - 8 UN
3
/
4
198.27
216.30
252.94
305.83
344.12
397.61
475.01
501.40
563.72
746.44
905.13
999.85
1203.43
1413.72
1605.04
1704.59
1911.46
20.21
22.05
25.78
31.18
35.08
40.53
48.42
51.11
57.46
76.09
92.27
101.92
122.67
144.11
163.61
173.76
194.85
The Hi-Force HTN range of imperial top collar hydraulic nuts is specifically designed and manufactured for
applications where regular, periodic opening of the joint, for inspection and maintenance purposes is
required. Unlike conventional hydraulic bolt tensioners, Hi-Force HTN series hydraulic nuts are designed to
permanently replace standard hexagon nuts, on one side of the bolted joint. Initially the bolt
tension/elongation is applied hydraulically and once achieved, it is permanently retained via the integral
mechanical load retaining collar.
Whilst initial investment in Hi-Force HTN series hydraulic nuts is significantly higher than the cost of
standard hexagon nuts, this investment is quickly and easily recovered, if the user considers the huge time
savings achieved, during joint opening and closing, when compared to using conventional hydraulic bolt
tensioners or hydraulic torque wrenches. Standard range models are available for imperial bolt sizes from
1 to 4, with other sizes available to special order.
All models are 1500 Bar maximum working pressure and supplied with quick connect hydraulic couplings,
compatible for use with Hi-Force air or manually operated hydraulic bolt tensioner pumps and hoses (see
page 103 & 104).
13.22
14.42
16.86
20.39
22.94
26.51
31.67
33.43
37.58
49.76
60.34
66.66
80.23
94.25
107.00
113.64
127.43
HTN10-225 HTN9-200
HTN7-175
HTN1-100
HTN2-112
HTN3-125
HTN4-137
HTN5-150
HTN6-162
HTN7-175
HTN8-187
HTN9-200
HTN10-225
HTN11-250
HTN12-275
HTN13-300
HTN14-325
HTN15-350
HTN16-375
HTN17-400
Model No
Bolt
Size kN tonnes
Capacity
Effective
area
cm
2
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
Diameter
mm
Height
mm
Weight
kg
72
75
82
88
93
100
106
110
117
128
141
150
162
174
187
194
205
55
55
57
57
58
62
64
64
67
74
77
78
81
87
95
102
110
1.9
2.0
2.4
2.7
2.9
3.5
4.0
4.2
4.9
6.4
8.0
8.8
10.6
12.9
16.2
18.3
21.9
1 - 8 UN
4 - 8 UN
2 - 8 UN
HTN - HYDRAULIC TENSIONER NUTS - IMPERIAL
102
G
Integral mechanical load retaining collar
Metric thread sizes from M24 to M100
The Hi-Force HTN range of metric top collar hydraulic nuts is specifically designed and manufactured for
applications where regular, periodic opening of the joint for inspection and maintenance purposes is
required. Unlike conventional hydraulic bolt tensioners, Hi-Force HTN series hydraulic nuts are designed to
permanently replace standard hexagon nuts on one side of the bolted joint. Initially the bolt
tension/elongation is applied hydraulically and once achieved, it is permanently retained via the integral
mechanical load retaining collar. Whilst initial investment in Hi-Force HTN series hydraulic nuts is
significantly higher than the cost of standard hexagon nuts, this investment is quickly and easily recovered,
when the user considers the huge time savings achieved, during joint opening and closing, when compared
to using conventional hydraulic bolt tensioners or hydraulic torque wrenches. Standard range models are
available for bolt sizes from M24 to M100, with other sizes available to special order.
All models are 1500 Bar maximum working pressure and supplied with quick connect hydraulic couplings,
compatible for use with Hi-Force air or manually operated hydraulic bolt tensioner pumps and hoses (see
page 103 & 104).
HTN8-M48
Model
number
Bolt
size
Capacity
kN
HTN5-M39
HTN7-M45
HTN9-M52
HTN10-M56
HTN11-M64
HTN12-M68
HTN13-M76
HTN16-M95
HTN17-M100
HTN14-M80
HTN1-M24
HTN2-M27
HTN3-M33
HTN4-M36
HTN6-M42
HTN8-M48
M39 x 4
M45 x 4.5
M52 x 5
M56 x 5.5
M64 x 6
M68 x 6
M76 x 6
M95 x 6
M100 x 6
M80 x 6
M24 x 3
M27 x 3
M33 x 3.5
M36 x 4
M42 x 4.5
M48 x 5
HTN15-M90
344.12
475.01
563.72
746.44
905.13
999.85
1203.43
1704.59
1911.46
1413.72
198.27
216.30
252.94
305.83
397.61
501.40
1605.04
tonnes
35.08
48.42
57.46
76.09
92.27
101.92
122.67
173.76
194.85
144.11
20.21
22.05
25.78
31.18
40.53
51.11
163.61
Effective
area
cm
22.94
31.67
37.58
49.76
60.34
66.66
80.23
113.64
127.43
94.25
13.22
14.42
16.86
20.39
26.51
33.43
107.00
Diameter
mm
93
106
117
128
141
150
162
194
205
174
72
75
82
88
100
110
187 M90 x 6
55
55
57
57
58
62
64
64
67
74
77
78
81
87
95
102
110
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
5
5
5
5
6
6
Stroke
mm
10
8
10
HTN15-M85 M85 x 6 1605.04 163.61 107.00 187 95 10
HTN13-M72 M72 x 6 1203.43 122.67 80.23 162 81 8
HTN3-M30 M30 x 3.5 252.94 25.78 16.86 82 57 5
HTN11-M60 M60 x 5.5 905.13 92.27 60.34 141 77 8
1.9
2.0
2.4
2.4
2.7
2.9
3.5
4.0
4.2
4.9
6.4
8.0
8.0
8.8
10.6
10.6
12.9
16.2
16.2
18.3
21.9
Weight
Kg
Height
mm
HTN - HYDRAULIC TENSIONER NUTS - METRIC
103
G
XHP-BTU - MANUALLY OPERATED PUMP FOR BOLT TENSIONERS
Model
number
AHP275BTU
Dimensions in mm
The Hi-Force AHP-BTU range of air driven hydraulic pumps are compatible for use with Hi-Force STS, STS-SR
and STU bolt tensioners as well as HTN hydraulic nuts. The pump unit is easy to operate and is supplied
complete with a glycerine filled vibra-gauge and quick release outlet coupling. The complete system, including
an air inlet filter, regulator and lubricator unit is fitted in a robust stainless steel frame. See page 104 for
compatible high pressure hydraulic hoses and couplings.
Air consumption 28 scfm (0.79 m/minute)
Compact & lightweight design
Complete with pressure gauge
Hi-Force XHP1500BTU manually operated high pressure hydraulic pump is compatible for use with Hi-Force
STS, STS-SR and STU bolt tensioners as well as HTN hydraulic nuts. Lightweight, compact and independent
from any required power source, it is suitable for all tensioning applications on-site requiring reliable
hydraulic power. The pump is easy to operate and supplied complete with a pressure gauge and quick
release outlet coupling. See page 104 for compatible high pressure hydraulic hoses.
XHP1500BTU
Outlet
coupler
Weight
kg
Working
pressure
Bar
Usable oil
capacity
litres
1500 7 STFC4 20
Length Width Height
450 395 395
XHP1500BTU
Model
number
Dimensions in mm Outlet
coupler
Weight
kg
Working
pressure
Bar
Usable oil
capacity
litres
1500 0.7 STFC4 7.0
Length Width Height
610 170 180
Displacement
per stroke (cm)
1 stage
st
2 stage
nd
12.5 0.75
AHP275BTU
AHP-BTU - AIR DRIVEN PUMP FOR BOLT TENSIONERS
AHP2-237BTU 1500 7 STFC4 24 450 390 465
Oil flow
per stroke
cm
3
1.6
6.1
G
104
Model
number
Safety factor 3 : 1
Hi-Force ultra-high pressure hoses are compatible for use with all Hi-Force bolt tensioning products up to a
maximum of 1500 Bar working pressure. Each hose is supplied complete with quick connect couplings on
each end (male/female) and has a safety factor of 3:1 on maximum working pressure. Ten standard
lengths are available with special lengths available on request.
Description
XHC1.5B
XHC3B
XHC5B
XHC10B
STFC4
STMC4
STN1P2
STN1P4
Link hose complete with quick connect couplings, length 1.5 metres
Mainline hose complete with quick connect couplings, length 10.0 metres
Mainline hose complete with quick connect couplings, length 5.0 metres
Link hose complete with quick connect couplings, length 3.0 metres
Female coupling
Male coupling
XHC1.5B
XHC3B
STFC4
STMC4
BOLT TENSIONER HOSES, COUPLERS & HOSE REELS

870
800
490
630
Supplied with quick connect couplings
Designed for sub-sea main line hose connection between the pump and the first
tensioner, the reel above is suitable for off-shore use and can accommodate up to
300 meters of Hi-Force XHC hydraulic hose. The reel comes complete with quick
connect couplings, integrated brake and a spring loaded locking bolt.
XHC50B Mainline hose complete with quick connect couplings, length 50.0 metres
XHR1 Hose reel, suitable for up to 300 meters of XHC high pressure hose
1500
Maximum
pressure Bar
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
STN1P4-C BSP nipple with cone seat seal (current design - not for STS1) 1500
BSP nipple c/w bonded sealing washer (old design - not for STS1) 1500
x BSP nipple for current model STS1 only
1
/
8
G
105
Designed for :
The Hi-Force BoltRight software programme is designed to assist engineers in the Oil & Gas,
Petrochemical, Power Generation and a wide variety of other Engineering Industries where accurate and
consistent bolt up of components is required. The programme allows the user to input key joint data
related to flange size and class, for all ANSI/ASME, API and ISO type flanges along with the applicable bolt
material, gasket material and type, operating temperature, preferred or specified method of bolt
tightening (torque or direct tension), friction reducing lubricant to be applied, or the applicable value of
friction coefficient necessary for torque tightening applications. Based on the information entered,
the BoltRight programme will analyse all of the data and produce a comprehensive calculation sheet along
with the required torque or tension figures to ensure an accurate and correctly bolted joint is achieved.
BoltRight will also create an individual tightening procedure for each bolted joint, which can include specific
information such as plant owner name, bolting contractor company name, joint tag reference number and
any special remarks all of which can be easily entered into the procedure by the user. These individually
produced tightening procedures can also be added to a master joint register, allowing the contractor
and/or plant operator to implement a comprehensive on-site Flange Management System. Both the
individual tightening procedures and the master joint register can be either printed or stored
electronically to ensure full traceability.
Whilst calculating the applicable torque or direct tension figures the BoltRight programme will also
calculate the required pump pressure settings for the selected Hi-Force hydraulic wrench or bolt
tensioner to be used. In most cases the programme will offer a multiple choice of suitable Hi-Force tools
based on the applicable torque or tension figures and the design output capacity of the tools
recommended. For ease of use BoltRight also includes detailed technical information on all of the Hi-Force
tools that it recommends for the respective application.
For bolt tensioning applications BoltRight also offers the user a choice of 25%, 33%, 50% and 100%
simultaneous bolt tensioning options along with the applicable A and B pump pressure settings for all
options, excluding 100% simultaneous tensioning, where only one pump pressure setting is required. For
torque wrench applications the BoltRight programme will calculate the required pump pressure settings
for a 25%, 50% and 100% applied output torque figure, which is the recommended three stage
procedure when using a single hydraulic torque wrench to tighten a multiple bolt flange in a diametrically
opposed manner. The tightening procedure will also provide the necessary bolt numbering sequence to
ensure that the bolts are tightened in the correct numerical order.
BOLTRIGHT SOFTWARE - THE EASY ANSWER !
Available as download only
Easy to use, minimal computer knowledge required
Multi-Language Interface
G
106
BOLTRIGHT SOFTWARE - THE EASY ANSWER !
Currently the BoltRight programme is available in English, Dutch, Portuguese, French, Chinese, Russian and
Italian with the addition of further languages an ongoing process. The BoltRight programme is
Windows compatible and only available by download from www.hi-force.com and www.boltright.com
using an authorised password issued by Hi-Force. Applications for the password can be made via the
website.
Since the introduction of the Hi-Force BoltRight software programme in early 2005, the programme has
continued to evolve and develop into what we believe is the best and most user friendly bolting
programme available in the world today. As further development of the programme is an ongoing
process, mainly driven by customer requests for additional features and benefits, we have designed the
website download in such a way that the programme expires every 90 days, to allow for ongoing
programme upgrades to be made. Authorised users can easily obtain an upgraded version by
requesting a new password via the Hi-Force or Boltright website.
Model
number
BR-V4
Description
BoltRight Multi-language - Including register system (free trial version)
BoltRight Multi-language - Including register system & non standard bolt / flange calculations (full version) BR-V5
107
Hydrotest pumps & accessories
Manually operated
Hydrotest pumps - air driven
Standard flow
Standard flow - with chart recorder
Medium flow - with chart recorder
Medium flow
HTP Range
AHP Range
AHP-CR Range
AHP2-CR Range
AHP2 Range
Pages
108 -109
Page
110
Page
111
Page
113
High flow - twin double acting design
ATDP Range
Page
115
Page
112
AHP-CR Accessories
Spare recorder charts &
Pens for chart recorder
Page
116
HYDROTEST PUMPS
H
AHP3 Range
High flow
Page
114
108
H
Up to 1000 Bar working pressure
Suitable for use with a wide variety of fluids
Two stage with semi automatic pressure changeover
The Hi-Force HTP series of manually operated two speed hydraulic pumps is suitable for use with a wide
variety of fluids including water. Manufactured predominantly from high quality aluminium alloy, the HTP
series are lightweight and extremely versatile. The pumps two stage piston design offers a superb
49 cm delivery per stroke at low pressure (up to 20 Bar) with an semi automatic changeover valve for
operating the high pressure piston. The pump unit is available with a choice of 5 high pressure capacities
ranging from 100 to 1000 Bar with all models incorporating a factory set pressure relief valve and a
610mm long operating lever. Major applications for Hi-Force HTP series pumps include hydrotesting of
piping, pressure vessels, valves and many other items of pressure retaining equipment, prior to
commissioning.
Lightweight aluminium design with stainless
steel pistons
Needle type design release valve for precise
pressure control
Low cost replaceable valve seats
Standard 15 litre capacity stainless steel
fluid reservoir
Weight
kg
20
20
20
20
Working
pressure
Bar
100
300
500
700
1000
Valve
type
2-way
2-way
2-way
2-way
2-way
Displacement
per stroke cm
1 stage
st
2 stage
nd
49 20
49 7
49 4
49 3
49 2
Changeover
pressure
Bar
20
20
20
20
20
Suction
port
BSP
3
8
/
BSP
3
8
/
BSP
3
8
/
BSP
3
8
/
BSP
3
8
/
Outlet
port
NPT
3
8
/
NPT
3
8
/
NPT
3
8
/
NPT
3
8
/
BSP
3
8
/
20
HTP700
Optional pressure gauges available (see page 109)
210 185
384 329
420
703
HTP - MANUALLY OPERATED HYDROTEST PUMPS
Model
HTP100
HTP300
HTP500
HTP700
HTP1000
(with tank)
number
Model
HTP100PU
HTP300PU
HTP500PU
HTP700PU
HTP1000PU
(pump only)
number
109
H
The Hi-Force HTP-PU series offers the same
features as the HTP range on page 108 however
these are supplied as a pump unit only without a
fluid reservoir. The pump unit is supplied complete
with a mounting kit for easy attachment to any
specially designed fluid reservoir and
an operating lever.
HTP300PU
Choice of 5 different models
Supplied complete with fixing kit
Compact, lightweight and easy to operate
A
B
C
D
F
E
H
I
J
G
L
K
143.0 88.9 71.4 8.7 34.9 46.0 772.5 73.0 175.0 4 X M8 23.0 88.5
HTP-PU - MANUALLY OPERATED HYDROTEST PUMPS
Weight
kg A B C D E F G H I J K L
Dimensions in mm (all models)
Model
number Description
HRS15 15 litre standard reservoir
Model
number
Pressure range
Bar
HTP100GK
HTP300GK
HTP500GK
HTP700GK
HTP1000GK
110
310
552
700
1000
End Fitting
For model
number
HTP100 & HTP300
HTP500 & HTP700
HTP1000
Max W.P
Bar
up to 300
up to 700
1000
Model
Number
Length
(metres)
3
3
3
HH3-6NMS-1
HH3-6NMS-2
HH3-6NMS-3
3
/
8 NPT Male Swivel
3
/
8 NPT Male Swivel
3
/
8 NPT Male Swivel
5.9
PRESSURE GAUGES
HOSES
RESERVOIRS
110
H
Air consumption 28 scfm (0.79m/minute)
Infinitely variable output pressure and flow
7 litre reservoir capacity
Output pressures up to 2931 Bar
Suitable for use with various fluids.
150mm dual scale vibra pressure gauge
Model
number
Max. output pressure (Bar)
at airline input pressure
Fluid volume
displacement
per stroke (cm )
Outlet
port
thread
Length Width Height
Weight
kg
10 PSI 50 PSI 100 PSI
Dimensions in mm
AHP10
AHP26
AHP36
AHP58
AHP187
6
14
17
28
97
34
90
122
200
638
69
181
250
400
1293
42.3
16.0
12.3
7.6
2.2
450
450
450
450
450
23
21
20
20
20
The Hi-Force AHP series of air driven hydrostatic pressure testing pumps offers a choice of eight models
with output pressure capacities ranging from 6 Bar (87 PSI) to 2931 Bar (42500 PSI). All models are
suitable for use with various fluids, including water and are supplied with a 150mm diameter glycerine
filled hydraulic pressure gauge (calibrated on request), inlet airline filter, lubricator and pressure regulator
unit, lightweight fluid reservoir, pump start/stop valve and a robust stainless steel skid mounted
framework. Optional extras include stainless steel reservoir, stroke counter system and pressure isolation
valve. All units are of compact design with a maximum weight of 23 kg.
Hydraulic pressure Approximate rate of discharge (litres/min) at air input pressure 100 PSI (7 Bar)
PSI Bar
1
2
/
NPT
1
2
/
NPT
1
2
/
NPT
1
2
/
NPT
AHP58
AHP107
AHP275
AHP425
62
155
345
373
931
1448
738
1897
2931
4.0
1.6
1.0
450
450
450
20
20
20 -18UNF
9
16
/
1
2
/
NPT
395
395
395
395
395
395
395
395
395
395
395
395
395
395
395
395
-18UNF
9
16
/
AHP10 AHP26 AHP36 AHP58 AHP187 AHP107 AHP275 AHP425
0
500
1000
2000
3000
5000
7500
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
40000
1500
2500
4000
0
35
69
138
207
345
517
690
1034
1379
1724
2069
2760
104
173
276
23.10
12.00
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
8.80
5.85
4.72
3.00
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
3.90
1.21
*
6.00
4.39
3.80
3.00
1.95
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
3.34
2.56
*
3.56
3.05
2.51
2.25
1.85
1.02
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
2.38
2.05
1.56
1.97
1.50
1.28
1.21
1.16
0.95
0.76
0.44
*
*
*
*
*
1.25
1.18
1.02
1.15
1.05
1.00
0.78
0.73
0.67
0.60
0.52
0.39
*
*
*
*
0.90
0.75
0.70
0.72
0.68
0.65
0.55
0.48
0.42
0.40
0.37
0.33
0.30
0.21
*
*
0.60
0.50
0.45
0.43
0.40
0.38
0.34
0.31
0.26
0.25
0.24
0.21
0.20
0.16
0.13
0.05
0.36
0.33
0.29
* Pressure exceeds pump capacity.
0.69 Bar 3.45 Bar 6.9 Bar
3
-18UNF
9
16
/
AHP - AIR DRIVEN HYDROTEST PUMPS - STANDARD FLOW
111
H
Model
number
Fluid volume
displacement
per stroke (cm )
Outlet
port
thread
Length Width Height
Weight
kg
Dimensions in mm
AHP10-CR
AHP26-CR
AHP36-CR
AHP58-CR
AHP187-CR
6
14
17
28
97
34
90
122
200
638
69
181
250
400
1293
42.3
16.0
12.3
7.6
2.2
530 31
29
28
28
28
PSI Bar
1
2
/
NPT
1
2
/
NPT
1
2
/
NPT
1
2
/
NPT
AHP107-CR
AHP275-CR
AHP425-CR
62
155
345
373
931
1448
738
1897
2931
4.0
1.6
1.0
28
28
28 -18UNF
9
16
/
1
2
/
NPT
390 390
-18UNF
9
16
/
AHP10-CR AHP26-CR AHP36-CR AHP58-CR AHP187-CR AHP107-CR AHP275-CR AHP425-CR
0
500
1000
2000
3000
5000
7500
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
40000
1500
2500
4000
0
35
69
138
207
345
517
690
1034
1379
1724
2069
2760
104
173
276
23.10
12.00
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
8.80
5.85
4.72
3.00
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
3.90
1.21
*
6.00
4.39
3.80
3.00
1.95
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
3.34
2.56
*
3.56
3.05
2.51
2.25
1.85
1.02
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
2.38
2.05
1.56
1.97
1.50
1.28
1.21
1.16
0.95
0.76
0.44
*
*
*
*
*
1.25
1.18
1.02
1.15
1.05
1.00
0.78
0.73
0.67
0.60
0.52
0.39
*
*
*
*
0.90
0.75
0.70
0.72
0.68
0.65
0.55
0.48
0.42
0.40
0.37
0.33
0.30
0.21
*
*
0.60
0.50
0.45
0.43
0.40
0.38
0.34
0.31
0.26
0.25
0.24
0.21
0.20
0.16
0.13
0.05
0.36
0.33
0.29
0.69 Bar 3.45 Bar 6.9 Bar
AHP187-CR
The Hi-Force AHP-CR series of air driven hydrostatic pressure testing pumps offers a choice of 8 models
with output pressure capacities ranging from 6 Bar (87 PSI) to 2931 Bar (42500 PSI) all fitted with on
board, 4 hour, single pen chart recorder as standard. All models are suitable for use with various fluids
including water and are supplied with a 150mm diameter glycerine filled hydraulic pressure gauge
(calibrated on request), inlet airline filter, lubricator and pressure regulator unit, lightweight fluid reservoir,
pump start/stop valve and a robust stainless steel skid mounted framework. Recorder isolation valve and
pressure release valve are fitted as standard. Optional extras include stainless steel reservoir, pressure
isolation valve, stroke counter system, gauge calibration certificate and varying recorder clock speeds.
All units are of compact design with a maximum weight of 31 kg.
Supplied with 50 recorder charts and
one black chart pen, for additional charts
and pens, please see page 114.
3
-18UNF
9
16
/
530
530
530
530
530
530
530
390
390
390
390
390 390
390 390
390 390
390 390
390 390
AHP-CR AIR DRIVEN HYDROTEST PUMPS - WITH CHART RECORDER
112
H
AHP2-036
Model
number
Fluid volume
displacement
per stroke (cm )
Outlet
port
thread
Length Width Height
Weight
kg
Dimensions in mm
AHP2-036
AHP2-060
AHP2-097
AHP2-144
AHP2-237
17.2
31.0
51.7
75.8
131.0
124.1
199.9
327.5
489.5
799.8
248.2
413.7
668.8
992.8
1634.1
40.8
24.6
15.2
10.2
6.1
450
450
450
450
450
24
24
24
24
24
390
390
390
390
390
465
465
465
465
465
The Hi-Force AHP2 series of air driven hydrostatic pressure testing pumps offers a choice of 5 models
with output pressure capacities ranging from 17 Bar (246 PSI) to 1634 Bar (23700 PSI). All models
are compact design and suitable for use with various fluids including water and are supplied with a
150mm diameter glycerine filled hydraulic pressure gauge (calibrated on request), inlet airline filter,
lubricator and pressure regulator unit, lightweight fluid reservoir, pump start/stop valve and a robust
stainless steel skid mounted framework. Optional extras include stainless steel reservoir, stroke counter
system and pressure isolation valve.
AHP2-036 AHP2-060 AHP2-097 AHP2-144 AHP2-237 PSI
0
500
1000
1500
2000
3000
4000
5000
7500
10000
15000
20000
23700
Bar
0
35
69
104
138
207
276
345
517
690
1034
1379
1634
10.20
8.60
7.25
6.15
5.40
3.05
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
6.20
5.50
4.80
4.50
4.20
3.50
2.75
2.16
*
*
*
*
*
3.90
3.55
3.19
3.00
2.87
2.55
2.28
2.10
1.45
*
*
*
*
2.70
2.50
2.35
2.16
2.15
1.88
1.75
1.64
1.35
1.15
*
*
*
1.57
1.52
1.47
1.42
1.38
1.29
1.22
1.20
1.10
0.98
0.78
0.51
0.34
-18UNF
9
16
/
1
2
/
NPT
1
2
/
NPT
1
2
/
NPT
1
2
/
NPT
0.69 Bar 3.45 Bar 6.9 Bar
3
AHP2 - AIR DRIVEN HYDROTEST PUMPS - MEDIUM FLOW
113
H
AHP2-237CR
Model
number
Fluid volume
displacement
per stroke (cm )
Outlet
port
thread
Length Width Height
Weight
kg
Dimensions in mm
AHP2-036CR
AHP2-060CR
AHP2-097CR
AHP2-144CR
AHP2-237CR
17.2
31.0
51.7
75.8
131.0
124.1
199.9
327.5
489.5
799.8
248.2
413.7
668.8
992.8
1634.1
40.8
24.6
15.2
10.2
6.1
555
555
555
555
555
32
32
32
32
32
390
390
390
390
390
465
465
465
465
465
AHP2-036CR AHP2-060CR AHP2-097CR AHP2-144CR AHP2-237CR PSI
0
500
1000
1500
2000
3000
4000
5000
7500
10000
15000
20000
23700
Bar
0
35
69
104
138
207
276
345
517
690
1034
1379
1634
10.20
8.60
7.25
6.15
5.40
3.05
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
6.20
5.50
4.80
4.50
4.20
3.50
2.75
2.16
*
*
*
*
*
3.90
3.55
3.19
3.00
2.87
2.55
2.28
2.10
1.45
*
*
*
*
2.70
2.50
2.35
2.16
2.15
1.88
1.75
1.64
1.35
1.15
*
*
*
1.57
1.52
1.47
1.42
1.38
1.29
1.22
1.20
1.10
0.98
0.78
0.51
0.34
-18UNF
9
16
/
1
2
/
NPT
1
2
/
NPT
1
2
/
NPT
1
2
/
NPT
0.69 Bar 3.45 Bar 6.9 Bar
Supplied with 50 recorder charts and one
black chart pen, for additional charts
and pens, please see page 116.
3
The Hi-Force AHP2-CR series of air driven hydrostatic pressure testing pumps offers a choice of 5 models
with output pressure capacities ranging from 17 Bar (246 PSI) to 1634 Bar (23700 PSI) all fitted with on
board, 4 hour, single pen chart recorder as standard. All models are compact design and suitable for use
with various fluids including water and are supplied with a 150mm diameter glycerine filled hydraulic
pressure gauge (calibrated on request), inlet airline filter, lubricator and pressure regulator unit, lightweight
fluid reservoir, pump start/stop valve and a robust stainless steel skid mounted framework. Recorder
isolation valve and pressure release valve are fitted as standard. Optional extras include stainless steel
reservoir, pressure isolation valve, stroke counter system, gauge calibration certificate and varying
recorder clock speeds.
AHP2-CR AIR DRIVEN HYDROTEST PUMPS - WITH CHART RECORDER
114
H
AHP3 - AIR DRIVEN HYDROTEST PUMPS - HIGH FLOW
Air consumption 175 scfm (4.96 m/minute)
Model
number
Fluid volume
displacement
per stroke (cm )
Outlet
port
thread
Length Width Height
Weight
kg
Dimensions in mm
AHP3-040
AHP3-060
AHP3-100
41.4
62.1
103.4
137.9
206.9
344.8
275.8
413.7
689.5
98.3
57.4
34.4
715
715
715
40
40
40
390
390
390
490
490
490
The Hi-Force AHP3 series of air driven hydrostatic pressure testing pumps offers a choice of 3 models
with output pressure capacities ranging from 42 Bar (609 PSI) to 700 Bar (10000 PSI). All models
are compact design and suitable for use with various fluids including water and are supplied with a
150mm diameter glycerine filled hydraulic pressure gauge (calibrated on request), inlet airline filter,
lubricator and pressure regulator unit, pressure isolation valve, pressure release valve, fluid inlet via Y-type
fluid strainer, pump start/stop valve and a robust stainless steel skid mounted framework. Optional
extras include stainless steel reservoir, stroke counter system, distance piece for chemical duty and chart
recorder.
1
2
/
NPTF
1
2
/
NPTF
1
2
/
NPTF
1.04 Bar 3.45 Bar 6.9 Bar
3
Fluid inlet 1.1/4 BSPF
AHP3-040 AHP3-060 AHP3-100 PSI Bar
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
7500
8000
8500
9000
9500
10000
0
34.5
68.9
103.4
137.9
172.4
206.8
241.3
275.8
310.3
344.8
379.2
413.7
448.2
482.6
517.1
551.6
586.1
620.5
655.0
689.5
18.35
14.42
10.81
7.21
5.90
4.26
2.62
1.31
0
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
15.63
12.85
10.51
8.57
6.97
5.66
4.60
3.74
3.02
2.40
1.84
1.27
0.65
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
11.96
10.49
8.69
7.05
5.65
4.83
4.18
3.85
3.52
3.03
2.79
2.62
2.46
1.88
1.39
1.15
0.90
0.66
0.49
0.33
0.16
AHP3-040
115
H
Optional extras include stainless steel frame
work, pneumatic or LCD stroke counter system,
onboard chart recorder, pressure isolation
valve and wheel mounting.
Suitable for use with various fluids including water
Air consumption 212 scfm (6m /minute)
150mm dual scale glycerine filled gauge
Fitted with inlet air filter, regulator & lubricator
Twin double acting design offering high volume flow
Model
number
Fluid volume
displacement
per stroke (cm)
Outlet
port
thread
Length Width Height
Weight
kg
Dimensions in mm
ATDP63
ATDP125
ATDP216
87
172
298
260
517
894
434
862
1489
275
140
79
765
765
765
96
96
96
570
570
570
700
700
700
The Hi-Force ATDP series of twin double acting air driven hydrostatic pressure testing pumps offers a
choice of 3 models with output pressure capacities ranging from 87 Bar (1260 PSI) to 1489 Bar
(21600 PSI). The twin double acting design offers a much higher displacement volume per stroke than
the smaller AHP & AHP2 series, making it ideal for prefill as well as pressure testing. All models are
supplied with a 150mm diameter glycerine filled vibra-gauge, inlet airline filter, lubricator and regulator
unit, pump start/stop valve and fluid strainer. Viton and ethylene propylene seals for handling special
fluids or chemicals can be factory fitted prior to delivery if required. Other seal materials are available on
request.
PSI
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
8000
10000
12000
16000
20000
Bar
0
69
138
207
276
345
414
552
690
828
1103
1379
ATDP63
32.2
25.7
20.5
16.2
12.5
8.0
2.8
*
*
*
*
*
ATDP125
16.9
14.0
12.3
10.6
9.4
8.3
7.3
4.8
3.0
0.4
*
*
ATDP216
9.5
8.8
8.0
7.4
6.9
6.4
6.1
5.5
4.9
4.3
3.2
1.6
1
2
/
NPT
1
2
/
NPT
* Pressure exceeds pump capacity
ATDP125
-12UNF
1
8
/
1
1.38 Bar 4.14 Bar 6.9 Bar
3
ATDP - AIR DRIVEN TWIN DOUBLE ACTING HYDROTEST PUMPS
116
H
HYDROTEST PUMP ACCESSORIES AND APPLICATIONS
Pack of 100 spare charts, diameter 163mm, 4 hour time scale
Model
No
Chart Reading
PSI
Suitable for Hydrotest
Pump unit
Replacement pen for chart recorder
Model
No Colour
AHP-C01
AHP-C03
AHP-C05
AHP-C10
AHP-C15
AHP-C20
AHP-C30
AHP-C45
0 - 1.500
0 - 3.000
0 - 5.000
0 - 10.000
0 - 15.000
0 - 20.000
0 - 30.000
0 - 45.000
AHP10-CR
AHP26-CR
AHP36-CR - AHP2-036CR
AHP425-CR
AHP-PB Black
Did you know .....
Hi-Force can also
supply chart recorders
with multiple reading
functions
Description
Suitable for pressure reading on all Hi-Force AHP pumps with chart recorder
117
I
Self-contained hydraulic pullers
Auto-centre hydraulic puller kits
Hydraulic 2 & 3 way puller kits
Comprehensive hydraulic puller kits
SCP Range
PKS Range
PKC Range
Page
118
Page
118
Page
119
Page
120
ACP Range
PULLER KITS
118
I
Sealed hydraulic system
Operates in any position
The SCP range of self-contained hydraulic pullers offers a choice of 3
models, each with integral manually operated hydraulic pump and
multi-position operating handle. The completely sealed hydraulic system
of the SCP pullers enables use of the tool in any position and all models
are easy to operate and provide an efficient solution for many pulling
applications.
SCP103
SCP203
Model
number
Dimensions in mm
SCP103
SCP303
Capacity
tonnes
10
20
30
SCP203
Type of
puller
3-way jaw
3-way jaw
3-way jaw
Weight
kg
11.6
23.7
50.0
Hydraulic
stroke mm
82
110
Reach
195
275
405
Dia min.
30
50
100
Tip depth
22
29
38
Tip height
6
10
36
Dia max.
250
360
410
Quick set-up time, easy to use
High quality, drop forged steel components
ACP - AUTO-CENTRE HYDRAULIC PULLER KITS
Model
number
Dimensions in mm
A B
ACP10
ACP20
ACP30
ACP50
Capacity
tonnes
10
20
30
50
Type of
puller
2 & 3 jaw
3 jaw
3 jaw
3 jaw
Cylinder
model no.
HHS102
HHS202
HHS302
HHS603
Pump
model no.
HP110
HP110
HP110
HP227
Weight
kg
24.5
44.0
76.5
181.0
296 350
320
407
727
480
580
920
ACP10
(pump not shown)
The ACP heavy duty, auto-centering hydraulic puller kit range offers a choice of
4 models, with capacities from 10 to 50 tonnes. All models are supplied
complete with a detachable hollow ram cylinder, manually operated pump,
hydraulic hose and a 100mm diameter pressure gauge. All models are easy
to set up and are the ideal tool for all pulling, pushing, installing and removing
applications required for press fitted or heat fitted parts, including wheels,
sprockets, flywheels, gears and bearings.
(Max) B (Min)
50
70
90
120
A
B
Piston
Ext. mm
100
150
50 82
SCP - SELF-CONTAINED HYDRAULIC PULLERS
119
I
Model
number
Dimensions in mm
High quality, drop forged steel components
The PKS heavy duty hydraulic puller range is designed for removing stubborn parts such as wheels, gears,
sprockets, sleeves, pulleys and other similar items. The range offers a selection of 8 models with pulling
capacities up to 50 tonnes. All models are supplied complete with a full set of versatile detachable hydraulic
components. All models are safe and easy to operate and avoid the need for heating and hammering.
Multi-purpose hollow piston cylinder (excl. PKS5-2-3)
Complete with all hydraulic components (pump, cylinder, hose, gauge, etc.)
Supplied complete with carrying case
PKS5-2-3
Capacity
tonnes
Type of
puller
Weight
kg
Cylinder
model no.
Pump
model no. A B
PKS5-2-3
PKS10-2-3
PKS20-2
PKS20-3
PKS30-2
PKS30-3
PKS50-2
PKS50-3
PK202
PK302
PK502
4.5
10
20
20
30
30
50
50
20
30
50
2 & 3 jaw
2 & 3 jaw
2 jaw
3 jaw
2 jaw
3 jaw
2 jaw
3 jaw
2 jaw beam
2 jaw beam
2 jaw beam
HSS53
HHS102
HHS202
HHS202
HHS302
HHS302
HHS603
HHS603
*
*
*
HP110
HP110
HP110
HP110
HP110
HP110
HP227
HP227
*
*
*
24
34
29
37
49
58
105
130
3
4
7
225
296
320
320
407
407
727
727
*
*
*
240
350
480
480
580
580
920
920
*
*
*
Note: PK202, PK302 & PK502 are 2-jaw beam only (not complete kit). Dimensions calculated with 15 outward angled puller legs.
PKS30-3
A
B
A
B
PKS - HYDRAULIC 2 & 3 WAY PULLER KITS
120
I
Combination of 4 different pullers in one set
The PKC heavy duty, multi-purpose hydraulic puller kit range is
extremely versatile and includes 2-way and 3-way grip pullers
(as detailed on page 119), bearing pullers, bearing cup pullers and
cross head pullers. All models are designed for pulling, pushing,
installing and removing all press fitted or heat fitted parts such as
gears, bearings, sleeves, cogs, internal bearings, wheels, sprockets,
flywheels, etc. The range offers a selection of 4 models with pulling
capacities up to 50 tonnes, all supplied complete with a full set of
versatile, detachable hydraulic components.
Complete hydraulic system supplied, including gauge
High quality, drop-forged steel components
Supplied complete with carrying case
PKC30
Model
number
PKC10
PKC20
PKC30
PKC50
Dimensions in mm
Dimensions A & B calculated with 15 outward angled puller legs.
Capacity
tonnes
10
20
30
50
Cylinder
model no.
HHS102
HHS202
HHS302
HHS603
Pump
model no.
HP110
HP110
HP110
HP227
Weight
kg
25
60
116
268
A
296
320
407
727
B
350
480
580
920
C
Min
115
135
180
230
C
Max
260
345
440
580
D
300
265
284
447
E
110
152
260
260
F
10
11
15
15
Max
110
134
250
250
G
Min
40
40
60
60
G
145
145
240
240
H
A
B
A
B
D
C
F
E
H
G
Min
F
Max
115
115
150
150
PKC - COMPREHENSIVE HYDRAULIC PULLER KITS
Cable crimping heads
Self-contained cable crimping tools
Battery operated cable crimping tools
Cutter heads
Double acting wire rope cutters
Self-contained cutters
Chain cutters
Hammer blow cutters
Self-contained wire rope cutters
Battery powered pump & accessories
CH Range
SC Range
BC Range
HCH Range
HWRC Range
CT Range
HCC Range
HWC Range
HSWC Range
J
Pages
123 - 124
Pages
125 - 126
Page
127
Page
128
General information on crimping tools
Information
Page
122
Page
129
BC Accessories
Page
130
Page
131
Page
132
Page
133
Page
134
121
CRIMPERS AND CUTTERS
122
J
Hi-Force hydraulic cable crimping tools are designed and manufactured for crimping un-insulated
compression and mechanical connectors, in copper and aluminium, to a wide range of electrical
power cables including distribution and transmission lines. Offering a choice of self-contained
operation, with inbuilt manually operated hydraulic pump mechanism, separate remote operation,
crimping head for use with a separate hydraulic pump and hose assembly, or battery operated, which
offers all the versatility of our self-contained, manually operated tools but with the added speed and
ease of use associated with a battery powered tool.
The Hi-Force hydraulic crimping tools range offers the most optimum choice to suit the widest range
of electrical cable crimping applications. All models are designed and manufactured for use at
700 Bar maximum working pressure, supplied complete with all applicable die sets, compatible for
use with the selected tool and include a handy carrying and storage case. Self contained manually
operated and battery powered crimper tools are fitted with an automatic pump pressure relief valve,
which activates and releases the hydraulic pressure immediately the compression (crimping) process
has been successfully achieved. All remote operation crimper heads must be operated with a
compatible Hi-Force 700 Bar hydraulic pump unit, fitted with an inbuilt pump safety overload, pressure
relief valve, 700 Bar pressure gauge and 700 Bar rated hydraulic hose assembly.
CRIMPING TOOLS - GENERAL INFORMATION
123
J
Choice of 7 models available
Supplied complete with die sets
The CH hydraulic cable crimping tool range offers 7 models with a choice of open C jaw or parallel guide
design. All models are supplied complete with standard die sets and a carrying case. Models with 180
rotating head are designed for easy access into confined spaces. Suitable pump units include HP227FPC
foot operated pump set which includes elbow fitting, gauge, gauge block, 3 metre hose and male coupler,
as shown below. Standard hand operated pumps suitable for use with CH crimper heads can be found on
pages 29-31. All models, excluding CH1000, are available as a complete kit, comprising of HP227FPC,
CSB1 metal storage case and selected crimping tool with die sets.
CH40
CH30
CH63
CH32
Models CH30, CH32 & CH40 are suitable for
crimping connectors up to 400mm
Model CH21 is suitable for crimping
non-insulated terminals up to 240mm
Model CH1000 is suitable for crimping
distribution and transmission lines up to 1000mm
Models CH63 & CH80 are suitable for crimping
connectors up to 630mm
HP227FPC manually operated foot pump
unit complete with accessories, see page 33.
CH - CABLE CRIMPING HEADS
Model
number
C-Jaw
opening
Standard dies
mm
Weight
kg
Length
mm
Output
tonnes
Note : Models CH21 & CH32 supplied with single indent dies, all other models supplied with hexagon dies.
With die
Female die
With die
With die
With die
With die
Female die
With die
500, 630, 800, 1000
35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240, 300, 400, 500, 630
35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240, 300, 400, 500, 630
35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240, 300, 400
(4pcs) 16, 25-35, 50-120, 150-400
(8pcs) 16-25, 35-70, 95-120, 150, 185, 240, 300, 400
(4pcs) 16-25, 35-70, 70-185, 240
(1pc) 25-35, 50-70, 95-120, 150-185, 240
CH21
CH32
CH40
CH63
CH80
CH1000
10
18
12
18
15
50
not applicable
not applicable
38 mm
not applicable
50 mm
not applicable
Applicable range
DIN mm
16-240
16-400
35-400
35-630
35-630
500-1000
210
210
245
240
300
420
3.0
With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240, 300, 400 CH30 12 30 mm 35-400 220 4.0
3.6
4.8
4.8
7.0
38.0
CHP21
CHP32
CHP40
CHP63
CHP80
CHP30
Comprehensive kit, comprising of crimper CH21, manual operated foot pump HP227FPC and steel box CSB1
Model
number Description
Crimping tools complete with die set:
Complete set:
All fitted with standard quick connect coupler
Choice of C jaw or parallel guide design
Designed for easy access in confined spaces
63 96
49
- - -
163 -
-
-
53 43
-
100
- - -
- - -
-
A
B E F
G
H
C
C
A
B
D
CH30/CH40/CH80
- - - -
-
-
285
Note : CH21 and CH1000 dimensional drawings are not shown.
CH21
CH80
CH21
CH32
CH63
CH1000
319
455
78
210
50
60
-
CH30
284 50 -
294 105 43 68
CH40
CH80
326 113 43 74
370 106 63 -
-
78
278 88 28 -
Model
Number
Dimensions in mm
124
J
CH - CABLE CRIMPING HEADS
CH32/CH63
A B C D F G H E
Model
Number
OPTIONAL DIE SETS
In addition to the standard die sets, which are supplied with each of the crimping tools as specified on the
previous page, optional die sets are available as per the below table.
CD10
CD16
CD25
Description
Die set 10mm , suitable for crimping tool CH30, CH40 & CH63
2
2
2
125
J
Choice of 6 models available
Supplied complete with die sets
Automatic pressure release valve
The SC self-contained hydraulic cable crimping tool range offers 6 models with a choice of open C jaw or
parallel guide design. All models are fitted with an automatic pressure release valve and are supplied
complete with standard die sets and a carrying case. Models with 180 rotating head are designed for
easy access into confined spaces.
Models SC30, SC32 & SC40 are suitable for
Model SC60 is suitable for crimping
Model SC18X is suitable for crimping
SC40
SC30
SC60
SC18X
SC21
number
C - Jaw
opening
Applicable range
DIN mm
Weight
kg
Length
mm
(1pc) 25-35, 50-70, 95-120,
Standard dies
mm
With die
With die
With die
Female die
With die
With die
Female die
35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150,
185, 240, 300, 400, 500, 630
35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150,
185, 240, 300, 400
(4pcs) 16, 25-35, 50-120, 150-400
(8pcs) 16-25, 35-70, 95-120, 150,
185, 240, 300, 400
35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150,
185, 240, 300, 400
(4pcs) 25, 35-50, 70-185, 240
150-185, 240
SC21
SC30
SC32
SC40
SC60
Output
tonnes
10
12
18
12
18
not
applicable
30 mm
not
applicable
38 mm
not
applicable
25-240
35-400
16-400
35-400
35-630
528
610
650
636
650
5.2
6.3
6.2
7.7
6.5
Note : Models SC21 & SC32 are supplied with single indent dies, all other models are supplied with hexagonal dies.
Model
With die
10-16, 25-35, 50-70,
95-120, 150, 185
SC18X 6
not
applicable
10-185 370 2.0
Model SC21 is suitable for
SC - SELF-CONTAINED CABLE CRIMPING TOOLS
126
J
Supplied in handy carrying & storage case
Easy to operate, self-contained design
Choice of open C jaw or parallel guide design
SC40
SC60
SC21
A
B
C
E F
SC40
SC30
A
B
C D
G
E
SC60
E
B
A
C
D
H
G
SC32
A
B
C
G
E F SC18X
Model
Number
-
-
-
-
-
A B C D E F G H
Dimensions in mm
SC21
SC30
SC32
SC40
SC60
SC18X
520
602
680
630
690
380
122
166
137
166
140
142
86
116
116
113
116
70
-
-
-
-
52
52
57
68
50
74
50
21
27
43
-
48
16
-
-
-
-
128
163
86
63
SC21
E
B
A
C
F
SC - SELF-CONTAINED CABLE CRIMPING TOOLS
OPTIONAL DIE SETS
In addition to the standard die sets, which are supplied with each of the crimping tools as specified on the
previous page, optional die sets are available as per the below table.
Model
Number
CD10
CD16
CD25
Description
Die set 10mm , suitable for crimping tool SC30, SC40 & SC60
2
2
2
E F
B
A
C
127
J
Supplied complete with standard set of dies
Battery power warning light
Efficient and quick battery recharger
The BC range of battery powered crimping tools consists of 4 models with a choice of C jaw or
parallel guide design.
The range offers all the versatility of the manually operated CH and SC range but with the added speed
and ease of use associated with a battery powered tool. All models are supplied with battery, battery
charger, shoulder strap and tool box storage case.
Model
number
C - Jaw
opening
Applicable range
DIN mm
Standard dies
mm
Weight
kg
With die 10-16, 25-35, 50-70,
95-120, 150, 185
BC30
BC40
Output
tonnes
6
not
applicable
10-185 BC18X
With die
With die
35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185
240, 300, 400, 500, 630
35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185
240, 300, 400
12
18
38 mm
not applicable
35-400
35-630
With die 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185
240, 300, 400
12 30 mm 35-400
BC63
320 310 75
350 300
380
420
300
300
78
78
78
3.0
7.0
8.0
7.0
A B C
Dimensions in mm
BC30
BC - BATTERY OPERATED CABLE CRIMPING TOOLS
A
B
C
OPTIONAL DIE SETS
In addition to the standard die sets, which are
supplied with each of the crimping tools as specified,
optional dies sets are available as per the below table.
Model
Number
CD10
CD16
Description
Die set 10mm , suitable for
crimping tool BC30, BC40 & BC63
2
Die set 16mm , suitable for crimping
tool BC30, BC40 & BC63
2
Die set 25mm , suitable for crimping
tool BC30, BC40 & BC63
2
CD25
128
J
BC - ACCESSORIES
Model
No Description
BP144 Battery Pack 14.4V
CU220 Charger 220/230V
BP144
CCU144
CU110
MP220
CU110
Model
No Description
Charger 110V
MP220
Model
No
Power supply 220/230V
to operate unit directly
from mains
Model
No
Description
CCU144
Car cigarette lighter
charger unit
Description
Note: Charger supplied separately
129
J
Cutting capacity up to 125mm diameter
Compact and lightweight
The HCH cutter head range cuts a wide range of materials and offers 2 models with similar features to
the CT range of self-contained cutters. A comprehensive range of suitable manually operated and
powered hydraulic pumps suitable for use with Hi-Force HCH cutters is detailed on pages 27 to 48.
HCH40
Steel Wire Rope
Material Description
Round Bar
Wire Strands
6x7 Hempcore
6x12 Hempcore
6x19 Hempcore
Soft copper bar
Soft aluminum bar
Soft steel bar
Reinforcing bar
Bare copper strands
Bare aluminum strands
1x7 Guy steel wire strands
Cable
Telephone cable CCP
Lead sheathed telephone cable
B
C
A
Model
number
HCH40
HCH120
Cutting
force
tonnes
Weight
kg
6
15
2.8
14.5
62
76
101
250
247
600
125
125
20
25
25
25
22
16
13
32
32
20
25
40
40
HCH40 HCH120
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Maximum diameter cutting capacity in mm :
Did you know .....
HCH cutters can be operated with battery
powered pumps, see page 35.
Underground cable 40 75
A B C
Dimensions in mm
HCH - HYDRAULIC CUTTER HEADS
130
J
Cutting capacity up to 40mm diameter
Cuts a wide variety of materials
Self-contained operation
The CT self-contained hydraulic cutter range offers a choice of 2 models with cutting capacities up to
25mm steel wire rope and 40mm cable. These versatile cutters are suitable for cutting wire rope, round
bar, wire strands and electrical cable.
CT40
Model
number
CT20
CT40
Cutting
force
tonnes
Weight
kg
6
6
2.8
6.0
A
B
C
D
Steel Wire Rope
Material Description
Round Bar
Wire Strands
6x7 Hempcore
6x12 Hempcore
6x19 Hempcore
Soft copper bar
Soft aluminum bar
Soft steel bar
Reinforcing bar
Bare copper strands
Bare aluminum strands
ACSR
Cable Telephone cable CCP
Lead sheathed telephone cable
630 155 103 65
390 145 76 40
A B C D
Maximum diameter cutting capacity in mm
Underground cable
Dimensions in mm
CT40 CT20
20
20
20
20
20
16
13
20
20
20
15
16
20
20
20
22
25
25
25
22
16
13
32
32
-
20
25
40
40
40
CT - SELF-CONTAINED HYDRAULIC CUTTERS
131
J
Highly cost efficient impact design
Cutting capacity up to 38mm diameter wire rope
Portable and lightweight
The Hi-Force HWC range of highly cost effective hammer blow cutters are manufactured from high
quality, shock resistant, ductile iron and are fitted with replaceable cutting blades made from tool steel.
The cutting blades are retained in the housing at the moment of impact, ensuring absolute safety.
These cutters offer a considerable time saving over conventional axe, chisel and hacksaw methods.
Model
number
HWC90
Dimensions in mm
HWC91
HWC92
Wire rope
mm
19
27
38
Electric cable
mcm
250
300
750
Weight
kg
3.2
7.0
13.0
Cutting capacity
HWC90 HWC91 HWC92
A B C D E
225
245
285
140
154
195
88
160
195
N/A
148
164
N/A
14
18
mm
127
152
380
2 *
*mcm = 1,000 circular mils
A
B
D
E
C
HWC - HAMMER BLOW WIRE ROPE AND CABLE CUTTERS
132
J
Cutting capacities up to 44mm diameter
Easy to use with minimum operator effort
The Hi-Force range of self-contained portable hydraulic wire rope and cable cutters comprises of 3 models
with cutting capacities up to 44mm diameter. Approved and specified by many major industries
throughout the world, these high quality cutters are precision engineered to give a good, clean cut with
minimum effort, time after time. The self-contained design of the cutter enables easy transportation to the
job site with minimum of fuss.
HSWC44
Model
number
HSWC19
Dimensions in mm
HSWC28
HSWC44
mm
19
28
44
Weight
kg
9.5
15.5
30.0
wire rope
Cutting capacity
A B C D E F G H
93
105
125
58
64
70
265
294
393
10.2 64
10.2
10.2
67
84
154
174
203
345
374
490
315
357
460
The shear blades are manufactured using high
quality tool steel, which is heat treated and
ground to very tight tolerances, ensuring
superior performance and long-life. Users
include wire rope manufacturers, earthmoving
and construction contractors, rigging shops,
elevator manufacturers and repairers and
many others.
A B
D
E
G
F
H
C
A B
D
E
G
F
H
C
HSWC - SELF-CONTAINED HYDRAULIC WIRE ROPE CUTTERS
133
J
Smooth guillotine cutting action
The HWRC range of hydraulic cutters is specifically designed and manufactured for cutting high tensile
locked coil wire rope and solid steel bar. Maximum cutting capacities up to 114mm diameter wire rope
and up to 40mm diameter 28 tonnes tensile solid steel bar. All models incorporate a double acting
hydraulic cylinder, suitable for working pressures up to 700 Bar and an open jaw design cutting head
(see pictures below) for easy access to the material to be cut. Cutting blades and jaws are manufactured
from specially toughened high tensile steel and the smooth guillotine action of the cutter greatly reduces
the risk of blade jamming.
Cuts high tensile locked coil wire rope and steel bar
Cutting capacities up to 114mm diameter wire rope
Cutting capacities up to 40mm diameter steel bar
HWRC1115
Step 1: Step 2: Step 3:
To open the cutter,
swivel cutting head
forward.
Position material
to be cut in the cutting
head slot.
Close the cutting head by
swivelling it back to its
original position and
secure behind the latch.
suitable for these cutters are
Model
number
HWRC1115
Dimensions in mm
HWRC1125
HWRC1136
Wire rope
mm
Weight
kg Length Height
Cutting capacity in mm
Width
capacity
litres
Oil
HWRC1145
Output
tonnes Cable Reinforcing Bar
36
80
80
120
38
63
90
114
38
63
90
114
20
32
32
40
0.35
0.90
1.20
2.40
30
60
70
95
400
450
515
570
155
200
200
280
270
390
390
445
HWRC - DOUBLE ACTING WIRE ROPE CUTTERS
J
134
Fitted with locking guard
The HCC range of hydraulic cutters is specifically designed and manufactured for cutting high tensile chain
and reinforcing bar. The easily replaceable cutter blades are manufactured from specially toughened high
tensile steel and the choice of models available offer maximum cutting capacities up to 46mm diameter.
All models are suitable for working pressures up to 700 Bar and incorporate a single acting cylinder fitted
with a powerful piston retraction spring. The swivel action design of the locking safety guard (see pictures
below) allows easy access for the material to be cut.
Dimensions in mm
Standard blades suitable for high tensile up to grade 100 chain
Capable of cutting reinforcing bar, maximum hardness 47 Rockwell C
Cutting capacities up to 46mm diameter
Picture 1: Picture 2:
HCC26 cutter shown with
swivel action safety guard
opened.
HCC26 cutter shown with
swivel action safety guard
closed.
suitable for these cutters are
HCC34
HCC - CHAIN CUTTERS
Model
number
HCC26
HCC34
HCC46
HCC26-100
HCC34-100
HCC46-100
Weight
kg
23
40
72
23
40
72
Length
440
410
565
440
410
565
Height
180
250
345
180
250
345
capacity
mm
26
34
46
Cutting
26
34
46
Width
180
460
635
180
460
635
capacity
cm
276
492
980
Oil
276
492
980
force
tonnes
70
100
140
Cutting
70
100
140
chain
Max. allowed
grade
80
80
80
100
100
100
hardness
44 HRC
44 HRC
44 HRC
47 HRC
47 HRC
47 HRC
steel
Hole punchers
Knock-out punchers
Nut splitters
Double acting nut splitters
Hydraulic flange spreaders
Nylon multi-roller steerable moving skates
Stepped jaw spreaders
Hydraulic flange spreader kits
Mechanical flange spreaders & jaw
spreaders
Multi-purpose moving skates
135
Self-contained nut splitters
Heavy duty moving skates
HHP Range
HKP & SKP Range
NS Range
DNS Range
HFS-H Range
RSM Range
SJS Range
HFS & HFS-TK Range
MFS & JS Range
RSC, RSS & RSH Range
HMNS Range
HPF Range
REX & RSX Range
K
Page
136
Page
137
Page
138
Page
140
Page
141
Page
142
Page
143
Page
144
Pages
146-147
Page
148
Page
149
Page
139
Page
150
PB Range
Hydraulic pipe bender & accessories
Page
145
TOOLS
Workshop presses, V-blocks & bed winches
136
K
Punching force up to 50 tonnes
Throat depth 70mm
The Hi-Force HHP series hydraulic hole puncher range offers a choice of two models comprising of the
HHP30, 30 tonnes capacity single acting version, and the HHP50, 50 tonnes capacity double acting
version. Both models are suitable for punching holes in steel plate as per the respective capacity of each
model and are supplied complete with standard punch and die sets and an integral positioning and
carrying handle. See pages 27-48 for detailed information of suitable pumps for use with HHP series
punchers.
Note: pump supplied separately
Model
number
Maximum
force
tonnes
Standard punch/die
sets included
mm
Recommended pump & hose Weight
excl. pump
kg
HHP30 30
Steel
plate
Hole punch
diameter
Punch capacity (mm)
10.0 up to 20.5
10.5, 13.5
17.5, 20.5
Manually
operated
HP232
complete with
HC3 3m hose
Pneumatically
operated
AHP1120
complete with
HC3 3m hose
19.8
Throat
depth
70
mm
HHP50 50 70 15.0 up to 25.0
10.5, 13.5
17.5, 20.5, 25.0
42.0
HP232D
c/w 2 x HC3
AHP1141
c/w 2 x HC3
B
A
C
D
Dimensions in mm
Dimensions in mm
A B C D
Model
number
HHP30
HHP50
372
412
216
281
15
15
78
71
HHP50
HHP30
The HHP30 is single acting
operation, the HHP50 is double
acting operation
HHP - HOLE PUNCHERS
137
K
Capacity up to 10 tonnes
Spring return hydraulic cylinder
Model
number
Maximum
force
tonnes
Stainless
steel
Mild
steel
Plate capacity (mm)
The Hi--Force HKP and SKP knock out puncher range is supplied as a complete set, including all standard
sizes of punches/dies as specified below. Ideal for on-site hole punching in electric control panels and
metal plates.
HKP10-4
Pump
Included
Hose
Included
Complete set
weight kg
HKP10-2
HKP10-4H
SKP7
10
10
7
1.6 3.2
HKP10-2H 10
HKP10-4 10 1.6 3.2
Did you know.........
Hi-Force knock-out punchers are supplied
complete with a carrying case
Model
number
1
/
2
1
/
1
3
3
4
1 1 2
4
1
/
2
4 1
/
2
/
2
3
1
/
2
A
Punches/dies included
3
4
1 1 2 4

1
/
2 1
/
3
4
1 1 2 4

1
/
2 1
/
/ /
1 1
2
1
2
1
/ /
3.2
3.2
3.2
1.6
1.6
1.6
B
SKP7
HP110
HP110
Not included
Not included
Not included
Not included
HC2
HC2
Self contained unit with integral pump
14.6
26.1
7.0
9.0
18.5
HKP10-2
HKP10-4
SKP7
Description
Std.punch/die A
Conduit Size
Length B
Length B
Length B
Conduit Size
Conduit Size
Std.punch/die A
Std.punch/die A
21.8
306
21.8
306
306
27.6
240
27.6
240
27.6
240
34.1
240
34.1
240
34.1
240
42.7
48.7
48.7
240
42.7
240 240 240
240 240 240
240 240
48.7 60.5
60.5
60.5 42.7 21.8
76.1
253
88.9 102.8 115.5
253 253 253
HKP & SKP - KNOCK OUT PUNCHERS
138
K
Model
number
NS104
NS110
NS200
NS206
NS215
Dimensions in mm
Capacities from 17 to 75mm AF
Compact & easy to use
The improved NS range of hydraulic nut splitters offers a choice of 5 models suitable for hexagon nut
AF sizes from 17 to 75mm (M10 to M48 bolt sizes). The revolutionary design incorporates a hardened
steel linkage that ensures the blade cutting edge is kept parallel to the nut throughout the splitting
process which improves operational efficiency and more importantly, blade life. Designed to easily split
corroded nuts up to RC44 hardness, Hi-Force nut splitters offer the ideal cold cut solution for removing
worn or corroded fasteners, especially in applications where hot work permits are not allowed.
Models NS104 and NS110 are supplied fitted with a unique 360 positional swivel coupling for easy
adjustment and fitment in confined spaces. Suitable pumps are detailed on pages 27 to 48.
Hexagon AF sizes
mm
Bolt sizes
mm
Weight
kg
17 - 32
32 - 41
41 - 50
50 - 60
60 - 75
M10 - M22
M22 - M27
M27 - M33
M33 - M39
M39 - M48
4.0
7.4
10.6
15.8
39.3
A
64
78
96
115
156
B C
12.5
20.0
21.0
24.0
27.0
D
30.0
37.0
43.0
52.0
75.0
E
210
268
315
336
426
Angled body design on all models
Provides necessary clearance on flanges
and flat surfaces
Manufactured from high quality steel
NS110
NS - NUT SPLITTERS
F
77
96
116
138
175
67
88
108
126
162
NS104
NS110
*Swivel not fitted to models NS200, NS206 and NS215
NS200
NS206
NS215
D
A
C
F
E
B
A
B
C
D
E
F
HMNS110
Capacities from 17 to 50mm AF
Choice of 3 models
Compact & easy to use
The HMNS range of hydraulic nut splitters offers a choice of 3 models suitable for hexagon nut AF sizes
from 17 to 50mm (M10 to M33 bolt sizes). All models have an angled body design to provide the
necessary clearance on flanges and flat surfaces. The revolutionary design incorporates a hardened steel
linkage that ensures the blades cutting edge is kept parallel to the nut throughout the splitting process
which improves operational efficiency and more importantly, blade life. Designed to easily split corroded
nuts up to RC44 hardness, Hi-Force nut splitters offer the ideal cold cut solution for removing worn or
corroded fasteners, especially in applications where hot work permits are not allowed. All models
incorporate an integral hydraulic pump with multi-positional lever for even greater versatility.
Angled body design on all models
Provides necessary clearance
on flanges and flat surfaces
Manufactured from high quality steel
HMNS Models
Handle rotates freely
through 360
and is removable
A
C
D
E
F
45
Approx.
B
139
K
HMNS - SELF CONTAINED NUT SPLITTERS
HMNS104
HMNS110
Model
number
Dimensions in mm Hexagon AF sizes
mm
Bolt sizes
mm
Weight
kg A B C D E F
HMNS200
17 - 32
32 - 41
41 - 50
M10 - M22
M22 - M27
M27 - M33
5.8
7.9
13.6
64
78
94
88
101
112
12.5
20.0
21.0
30.0
37.0
43.0
380
440
471
455
540
566
140
K
Model
number
DNS404
DNS506
Dimensions in mm
Choice of 2 models
Hexagon AF sizes
mm
Stud bolt thread sizes
metric
Weight
kg A B C D E
75 - 105
105 - 135
50
96
379.5 192 99.5 130.5 183
451
- 2
-
7
8
/
1
3
/
4
3
/
4 2 3
1
/
2
The Hi-Force DNS range of double acting, hydraulic nut splitters offers a choice of 2 models suitable for
splitting nuts of across flats (AF) sizes from 2.15/16 to 5.3/8 (74mm to 136mm). Both models are
700 bar maximum working pressure and feature a double acting hydraulic piston for easy extension and
retraction of the toughened steel splitting blade. Suitable manual and powered pumps for use with DNS
range nut splitters can be found on pages 27-48 of this catalogue. Hi-Force DNS range hydraulic nut
splitters are easy to set up and capable of safely splitting nuts quickly without any sparks, flames or flying
debris usually associated with cutting torches.
The DNS range nut splitter heads are designed to fit on all API and ANSI flanges and capable of splitting
the hardest nuts with minimal damage to the stud bolt threads.
Splitting blades are easy to remove and re-install after re-sharpening or when a replacement blade is
required.
inch imperial
M48 - M72
M72 - M95
2
16
15
/
- 4
1
4
/
4 -
1
/
4 5
/
3
8
F
34
240 140 167.5 235 41
A
B
C
D
E
F
DNS - DOUBLE ACTING NUT SPLITTERS
DNS506
141
K
Quick and easy to assemble on flange
HFS-H hydraulic flange spreaders provide the ideal solution for safely opening pipe flanges in the marine
and oil & gas industry. Available in capacities from 0 - 4.5 tonnes and 0 - 10 tonnes, these models offer
the user the capability of opening flanges up to 2 x 57mm or 2 x 92mm thick respectively. Hi-Force flange
spreaders can be operated individually, or as a pair when opening large flanges using a standard pump
(see pages 29 to 31) and connecting hose (see page 50). With Hi-Force flange spreaders you are only
minutes away from safely opening the toughest flanges without the risk of sparks caused by hammer
blows, chisels and flying wedges.
Model
number
Dimensions in mm
Model
number
HFS50H
Capacity
tonnes
Stroke
mm
Oil capacity
cm
thickness
mm
Max. flange
Stud size
mm
wedge
mm
Standard
HFS100H
4.5
10
75
56
48
81
2 x 57
2 x 92
19 - 29
32 - 41
3 - 29
3 - 29
HFS50H
HFS100H
A B C C D E F G H I J
min max
76
108
210
290
61
61
155
224
10
30
192
165
69
89
129
178
25
38
206
273
18
31
Weight
kg
5.0
11.6
HFS100H
Pump and hose not included!
See page 142 for complete kits.
Suitable for fitment onto flanges with a maximum stud bolt size of 1 / (41 mm)
5
8
A
B
I
C
G
F
E
H
D
J
HFS-H - HYDRAULIC FLANGE SPREADERS
142
K
Complete with manual pump
HFS and HFS-TK hydraulic flange spreader kits offer a choice of either single spreader complete with
pump and accessories (HFS) or a twin spreader arrangement incorporating two flange spreaders
operated from a single pump with a T-piece and twin hose connection (HFS-TK). For flange separation in
applications where long lengths of heavy pipe work are involved, the HFS-TK twin spreader kit enables the
operator to achieve parallel flange separation all around the joint. Hi-Force HP110 hand pump is supplied
as standard to HFS & HFS-TK flange spreader kits and details can be found on page 29 of this catalogue.
Dimensions in mm :
Model
number
HFS50
Specifications :
Capacity
tonnes
Stroke
mm
Oil capacity
cm
thickness
mm
Max. flange
Stud size
mm
wedge
mm
Standard
HFS100
4.5
10
75
56
48
81
2 x 57
2 x 92
19 - 29
32 - 41
3 - 29
3 - 29
Weight
kg
22.5
29.1
HFS50-TK
HFS100-TK
Model
number
A B C C D E F G H I J
min max
HFS-50 76 210 61 155
10
192 69 129 25 206 18
HFS-100 108 290 61 224 30 165 89 178 38 273 31
HFS50-TK
HFS100-TK
10
2 x 4.5
2 x 10
75
56
2 x 48
2 x 81
2 x 57
2 x 92
19 - 29
32 - 41
3 - 29
3 - 29
27.5
35.7
76
108
210
290
61
61
155
224 30
10 192
165
69
89
129
178
25
38
206
273
18
31
HP110
HFS50
Supplied complete with manually
operated pump and hose assembly
Suitable for fitment onto flanges with a
maximum stud bolt size of 1 / (41 mm)
5
8
A
B
I
C
G
F
J
H
D
E
HFS & HFS-TK - HYDRAULIC FLANGE SPREADER KITS
143
K
Suitable for bolt diameters up to 31mm
Maximum spread 231mm
No external power source required
The MFS range of mechanical flange spreaders comprises
of 6 models, each offering a safe and economical way to
open flanges without the risk of sparks. The threaded
spindle can be operated using a standard spanner, allowing
the user to apply a controlled force without damaging the
flange. Due to the mechanical design of these flange
spreaders, no external power source is needed and
therefore, they can be used anywhere on-site.
Choice of six models available
High grade steel construction with
high tensile cross bolt
Case hardened spreading wedge
MFS31
MFS16
MFS25
MFS - MECHANICAL FLANGE SPREADERS
Model
number
MFS16
MFS19
MFS22
MFS25
MFS28
MFS31
Pin diameter Maximum flange thickness
mm
16
19
22
25
28
31
mm
2 x 22
2 x 35
2 x 47
2 x 62
2 x 70
2 x 95
Weight
kg
2.2
2.7
4.1
6.4
8.2
9.6
inch
5
8
/
3
4
/
7
8
/
1
1
8
/ 1
1
4
/ 1
inch
3
8
/ 2 x 1
7
8
/ 2 x
13
16
/ 2 x 1
7
16
/ 2 x 2
3
4
/
2 x 2
3
4
/
2 x 3
C B C
max. max. min.
25
30
30
30
30
32
28
50
50
85
80
84
185
185
247
247
275
275
232
254
318
353
382
385
40
50
50
50
60
60
25
25
30
30
40
40
70
95
124
155
181
231
17
20
23
26
29
32
Min flange
bolt hole
diameter
D
A
E F
JS - JAW SPREADER
Model
number
JS4
JS4
Capacity
tonnes
Dimensions in mm
0.9
Oil capacity
cm
10.0
Weight
kg
2.2
A
223
B
9.7
C
94
JS4
The JS4 hydraulic spreader is the ideal solution for
spreading, wedging and prising operations in a wide variety
of industrial applications. The compact, low weight, spring
assisted return design enables the tool to fit into a gap of
9.7mm and offers a maximum spread of 94mm.
Manufactured from high strength steel, with a maximum
pressure of 700 Bar, the JS4 is supplied fitted with a
quick connect female half coupler, and can be used with
HP110 manual hand pump and HC hose.
C
B
A
F
E
B
A
C
D
144
K
The Hi-Force SJS10 hydraulic spreader offers the ideal solution for spreading, wedging and prising
operations in a wide variety of industrial applications. The compact, low weight, spring assisted, piston
retract design of the SJS10 offers the user a powerful 13 tonnes of spreading capacity. Manufactured
from high strength steel, the low height jaw tips can easily fit within an 8mm gap and can provide a total
spreading distance of 60mm in 5 operations, using the step blocks provided with the tool. Suitable for
operation up to 700 Bar maximum working pressure, and supplied complete with a female half quick
connect coupler for easy attachment to a Hi-Force manually operated or powered hydraulic pump (see
pages 27-48).
The SJS10-M has all the features of the SJS10, but with the added benefit of an in built manually
operated hand pump.
Capacity up to 13 tonnes
Supplied with safety block & stepped blocks
Maximum spread 60mm
Single acting, spring assisted return
Compact & lightweight design
SJS - STEPPED JAW SPREADERS
Model
number
Capacity
tonnes
Dimensions in mm
Oil capacity
cm
Weight
kg A C F B D E
SJS10 13 74 5.5 279 40 10 60 15 8
G H I J
328 60 28 49
SJS10-M 13 74 7.5
SJS10
SJS10-M
433 60 40 15 8 10 483 60 28 49
SJS10-M A
B
C
D
E
F
Retracted
G
H
I
J
Extended
SJS10
Extended
B
H
I
J
G
Extended
Retracted
C
D
E
F
A
Safety block supplied as standard
145
PB - HYDRAULIC PIPE BENDER
K
The Hi-Force PB10 hydraulic pipe bender is designed to bend various sizes and thicknesses of JIS
standardised conduit pipe and gas pipe ranging from 15mm-82mm (1/2 to 3). Made of aluminium, the
bending frame and pivot shoes are lightweight so that it can be easily carried on and off site, and can be
operated by any manual or powered pump up to 700 Bar. Available as single pipe bender unit (PB10) or
as convenient set including all available bending shoes, suitable for either thin steel conduit (PB10A), thick
steel conduit (PB10B) or standard gas pipe (PB10C). For a range of suitable Hi-Force pumps see pages
27-48 of this catalogue.
For use with hydraulic pumps
Bends up to 90 degrees
Model
number
Stroke
mm
Weight
kg
PB10 250
Oil
capacity
litres
0.4 18.6
Max
capacity
tonnes
10
BENDING SHOES
Model
number
Pipe
outer
dia
(mm)
A range of bending shoes, compatible with the pipe bender
PB10, are available as an optional extra to ensure a smooth,
wrinkle free bend.
Note: PB10A includes all BS-A bending shoes (8 pcs)
PB10B includes all BS-B bending shoes (8 pcs)
PB10C includes all BS-SGP bending shoes (7 pcs)
BS-A15
For t hi n condui t For t hi ck condui t For st andard gas pi pe
BS-A19
BS-A25
BS-A31
BS-A39
BS-A51
BS-A63
BS-A75
15.9
19.1
25.4
31.8
38.1
50.8
63.5
76.2
21.0 BS-B16
BS-B22
BS-B28
BS-B36
BS-B42
BS-B54
BS-B70
BS-B82
26.5
33.3
41.9
47.8
59.6
75.2
87.9
BS-SGP15
BS-SGP20
BS-SGP25
BS-SGP32
BS-SGP40
BS-SGP50
BS-SGP65
Dimensions in mm
A C B E H F
720 295 495 595 755 147
PB10A 250 0.4 31.2 10
PB10B 250 0.4 31.2 10
PB10C 250 0.4 29.4 10
Applicable range / included bending shoes
PB10 does not include bending shoes
Thin steel conduit from 15mm (5/8) to 75mm (3)
Thick steel conduit from 16mm (1/2) to 82mm (3)
Standard gas pipe from 15mm (1/2) to 65mm (2.1/2)
Pipe
inner
dia
(mm)
Ben-
ding
radius
(mm)
Pipe
size
(inch)
Model
number
Pipe
outer
dia
(mm)
Pipe
inner
dia
(mm)
Ben-
ding
radius
(mm)
Pipe
size
(inch)
Model
number
27.2
42.7
34.0
21.7
48.6
60.5
76.3
Pipe
outer
dia
(mm)
Pipe
inner
dia
(mm)
Ben-
ding
radius
(mm)
13.5
15.9
22.2
28.6
34.9
47.6
59.5
72.2
80
100
137
200
220
365
420
530
16.4
21.9
28.3
36.9
42.8
54.0
69.6
82.3
75
90
130
195
230
270
450
500
21.6
35.7
27.6
16.1
41.6
52.9
67.9
80
130
100
60
160
220
320
1
2
3
1
2
/
2
1
2
/
1
1
4
/
1
3
4
/
5
8
/
1
2
3
1
2
/
2
1
2
/
1
1
4
/
1
3
4
/
1
2
/
Pipe
size
(inch)
1
2
1
2
/
2
1
2
/
1
1
4
/
1
3
4
/
1
2
/
PB10C
B
A
H G F E D C
G
395
D
695
146
K
Choice of manual, air or electric powered pumps
HPF10042 Supplied complete with pressure gauge
Other configurations available on request
Notes: ) For detailed specification on applicable cylinders, see pages 14 & 15 for HSS range and page 20 for HDA range. ) For detailed specification
on applicable pumps, see pages 29 - 31 for HP range, page 37-41 for HEP range, page 45-46 for AHP range and page 47 for HAP range.
Model
number
Capacity
tonnes
Stroke
mm
Pump
operation
Cylinder
model no.
Cylinder
principle
Weight
kg
Pump
model no.
HPF1020
HPF1030
HPF2520
HPF2530
HPF2541
HPF2542
HPF2544
HPF5020S
HPF5020D
HPF5030S
HPF5030D
HPF5041S
HPF5041D
HPF5042S
HPF5042D
HPF5044S
HPF5044D
HPF10020
HPF10030
HPF10041
HPF10042
HPF10044
10
10
25
25
25
25
25
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
100
100
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
330
330
330
330
330
330
330
330
330
330
330
330
330
330
330
95
85
145
138
160
160
160
470
500
505
505
505
481
512
518
518
518
1011
1029
1043
1043
1043
HP110
AHP1120
HP227
AHP1120
HEP103341
HEP103342
HEP207314
HP257
HP252D
AHP1121
AHP1141
HEP207311
HEP207411
HEP207312
HEP207412
HEP207314
HEP207414
HP245D
HAP21042
HEP207421
HEP207422
HEP207424
hand operated
air powered
hand operated
air powered
electric driven 110 V
hand operated
hand operated
air powered
air powered
hand operated
air powered
HSS1010
HSS1010
HSS2510
HSS2510
HSS2510
HSS2510
HSS2510
HSS5013
HDA5013
HSS5013
HDA5013
HSS5013
HDA5013
HSS5013
HDA5013
HSS5013
HDA5013
HDA10013
HDA10013
HDA10013
HDA10013
HDA10013
single acting
single acting
single acting
single acting
single acting
single acting
single acting
single acting
double acting
single acting
double acting
single acting
double acting
single acting
double acting
single acting
double acting
double acting
double acting
double acting
double acting
double acting
HPF20041
HPF20042
HPF20044
200
200
200
305
305
305
HDA20012
HDA20012
HDA20012
double acting
double acting
double acting
HEP310421
HEP310422
HEP310424
3250
3250
3250
HPF - WORKSHOP PRESSES
The HPB and HPF range of workshop presses offers a choice of 25 models with either single acting or
double acting cylinders and manually operated, air powered or electric powered pumps. Floor presses
incorporate an adjustable work table and dual scale pressure gauge.
147
K
Factory mounted optional accessories
include a mechanical bed winch for easy
adjustment of the work table and
multi-position V-blocks. All presses are
supplied completely assembled, ready for
use. Hi-Force workshop presses are
manufactured to the highest quality
standards, and are suitable for the most
demanding jobs.
F
E
G
H
B
A
D
C
Multi-position V-blocks
Only available factory fitted option
Lifts and lowers work table
Available for 50 and 100 tonne presses
With flat bed and V-shape press surfaces
Available for 10, 25, 50 and 100 tonne presses
Suffix
BW
Description
Bed winch, suitable for 50 and 100 tonne models
Model
number
HVB2500
HVB5000
HVB10000
Cap. per set
tonnes
10 - 25
50
100
Dimensions in mm
A B C D E F G H
204
365
425
154
265
325
20
25
35
45
50
60
155
190
265
45
60
85
20
25
35
8
10
10
A
C
D
B
E
F
G
H
J
Note: Press bed and press head are adjustable in steps of F,
50 tonne has 4 positions, 100 tonne has 3 positions, 200 tonne has 7 positions.
10 and 25 tonne press frame has fixed press head and adjustable press bed.
OPTIONAL EXTRAS
HPF - WORKSHOP PRESSES
Press
Range
Frame dimensions in mm Capacity
tonnes A C J H G D (max) E (max) B D (min) E (min) F
HPF1000
HPF2500
HPF5000
10
25
50
100 HPF10000
742
742
1000
1000
508
508
800
1000
660
660
1000
1240
152
152
298
388
-
-
258
338
1560
1370
1010
1010
815
830
1448
1448
2055
1980
1258
1258
1140
1090
260
260
395
550
150
150
140
140
HPF20000 200 1200 2500 1250 2115 1815 610 1510 150 330 410 1750
In order to fully comply with CE
regulations, some presses
must be equipped with specific
safety components, such as
spring centered valves,
two-hand control devices or
others.
148
K
Steerable front skate for total control
Low weight, compact size
The RSM nylon multi-roller steerable skate range is ideal for use on tiled floors and is available with
capacities from 6 to 30 tonnes. These skates consist of 3 major parts: 1 steerable turntable front skate
and 2 adjustable rear skates. This modular design allows the system to be easily assembled and
dismantled without the use of tools. All models are fitted with low rolling resistance wheels with ball
bearings and non-slip Neoprene pads on each load surface.
RSM6 - RSM9
A
D
C
G
F
E
H
B
I
RSM12 - RSM20 - RSM30
A
D
C
E
I
B
G
H
RSM12
number
RSM6
RSM9
RSM12
RSM20
RSM30
Dimensions in mm Capacity per
skate set
tonnes
Weight
incl. box
kg
6
9
12
20
30
A
330
330
413
413
413
B
210
310
614
673
990
C
109
109
110
110
110
I
1150
1150
1500
1500
1500
H
max
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
G
210
310
130
242
354
F
110
160
-
-
-
E
240
240
180
180
188
D
110
160
190
190
190
No. of wheels
front
steerable
4 no. 82 mm x 48 mm
8 no. 82 mm x 48 mm
8 no. 82 mm x 48 mm
16 no. 82 mm x 48 mm
24 no. 82 mm x 48 mm
No. of wheels
twin rear
skate
8 no. 82 mm x 48 mm
16 no. 82 mm x 48 mm
8 no. 82 mm x 48 mm
16 no. 82 mm x 48 mm
24 no. 82 mm x 48 mm
51
64
95
118
135
Model
RSM - NYLON MULTI-ROLLER STEERABLE SKATES
149
K
Capacities from 5 to 37.5 tonnes
Available as complete kit or as individual skates
Endless hardened roller chain
The RSC and RSS range of industrial, low profile skates offer the safest, fastest and most economical
method of moving heavy equipment. The range comprises of 4 models available with capacities of up to
37.5 tonnes per skate. Designed with an endless hardened roller chain which revolves around the skate,
at least 5 rollers remain in contact with the floor at any one time, ensuring smooth travel even over
cracked concrete floors. With a range of turntables, stabilisers, spacer bars and steering handles
available, Hi-Force skates can move and position heavy and irregular shaped loads easily and more
economically than other lifting devices. Hi-Force skates are also ideal for use in confined spaces and typical
applications include bridge building, transformers, generators, turbines, heavy machinery and many others.
Model
number
RSC20
RSC50
Cap. per set
tonnes
20
50
Complete kits :
Skates
Qty: 4
Turntables
Qty: 2
Stabilisers
Qty: 2
Spacer bars
Qty: 4
Handles
Qty: 2
Wooden box
Qty: 1
Weight
kg
RSS20
RSS50
RT20
RT50
RS20
RS50
RB20
RB50
RH20
RH50
WB1
WB2
41
94
Model
number
RSS20
RSS50
Cap. per skate
tonnes
5.0
12.5
Individual skate selection chart :
Weight
kg
4
11
210
271
102
125
59
95
94
143
51
87
18
30
RSS100
RSS150
25.0
37.5
27
42
370
502
175
186
130
152
179
206
90
90
42
42
Length Width Height
less t/table
Height
incl. t/table
Roller
width
Roller
dia
Dimensions in mm
The RSH heavy duty range of moving
skates are ideal for movement of heavy
loads such as transformers, generators,
turbines and machinery. Available with
capacities ranging from 15 to 100 tonnes
each skate.
Model
number
Capacity
tonnes
Rollers
in contact
Rollers
total
Weight
kg
Dimensions in mm
A B C D E F G H I J K
RSH - HEAVY DUTY SKATES
Note : Turntables for RSS100 (RT100) and RSS150 (RT150) are available on request.
RSC20
RSH15 15 5 15 9 210 100 175 18 51 6 13 76 14 140 150
RSH20 20 4 13 12 220 113 190 24 60 10 14 87 14 155 150
RSH40 40 4 13 19 270 130 210 30 68 10 14 104 18 175 190
RSH50 50 6 17 29 320 140 220 30 68 10 18 115 18 180 240
RSH65 65 4 13 51 380 168 270 42 76 19 19 145 22 220 280
RSH100 100 6 17 92 530 182 300 50 86 19 19 165 22 240 410
RSC & RSS - MULTI-PURPOSE SKATES
150
K
Model
Heat treated load bearing centre plate
Heat treated, special chrome alloy chains
Available with capacities up to 200 tonnes each skate, the REX
heavy duty range of single roller moving skates incorporates a chain
groove cut into the centre member of the skate, which helps to keep
the chain running parallel with the body and is specially suited for
moving loads over long distances.
The RSX range offers the same features as the REX range, however
has a double roller design, capable of transporting loads up to 400
tonnes per skate.
Both the REX and RSX models feature high quality, heat treated
components and are supplied with 4 mounting bolt holes for easy
attachment to the load.
Drawing shows the RSX double-roller design, with the guide
groove for the chain. REX features single-roller with guide groove.
B
C
E
I
K
A
D
F
G
H
L
Side view REX and RSX models
REX65
RSX80
number
Dimensions in mm
REX40
REX50
REX65
REX100
REX150
REX200
RSX80
RSX100
RSX130
RSX200
RSX300
RSX400
Capacity
tonnes
40
50
65
100
150
200
80
100
130
200
300
400
Rollers
in contact
4
6
4
6
9
13
2 x 4
2 x 6
2 x 4
2 x 6
2 x 9
2 x 13
Rollers
total
13
17
13
17
23
31
2 x 13
2 x 17
2 x 13
2 x 17
2 x 23
2 x 31
Weight
kg
20
29
52
93
162
266
36
57
96
175
305
485
REX Range - Single-roller design
RSX Range - Double-roller design
A
270
320
380
530
600
900
270
320
380
530
600
900
B
130
140
168
182
205
205
260
280
336
364
410
410
C
210
220
270
300
350
380
340
360
440
480
560
590
D
30
30
42
50
50
50
30
30
42
50
50
50
E
68
68
76
86
100
100
68
68
76
86
100
100
F
10
10
19
19
20
20
10
10
19
19
20
20
G
14
18
19
19
28
38
14
18
19
19
28
38
H
104
115
145
165
190
200
104
115
145
165
190
200
I
18
18
22
22
26
33
18
18
22
22
26
33
K
175
180
220
240
280
300
305
325
390
430
490
500
L
190
240
280
410
480
720
190
240
300
420
480
720
REX & RSX - HEAVY DUTY SKATES WITH GROOVED GUIDE
ToughLift Jacking Systems
151
TL Range
TL Accessories
Page
152 - 154
L
Page
155 - 156
ToughLift Accessories
TOUGHLIFT
TL Applications
Page
158
ToughLifts in use
GTB & PTB Range
Page
157
Tyre Bead Breakers
GTB & PTB Applications
Page
158
Tyre Bead Breakers in use
152
L
The Hi-Force ToughLift jacking system offers users the easiest and safest method of lifting material haulers
in the mining and construction industry and locomotives in the railway industry, when critical maintenance
and breakdown repair work requires completion.
Suitable for lifting even the largest earth haulers in the world, the Hi-Force ToughLift is available in 50, 100,
150 and 200 tonnes lifting capacities. All models are available with either a 110 volt or 240 volt single
phase electric driven pump unit or a 6 Bar compressed air driven pump version. All models are operated
via a remote, push button hand pendant controller with a 6 metre length control cable to ensure the
operator has precise control over the lifting operation from a safe distance away from the load.
Hi-Force ToughLift jacking systems are supplied fitted as standard with a hardened steel lifting saddle,
patented snap latch handle assembly for easy positioning and transportation and a patented jacking
system design for increased safety, enabling them to be easily positioned, in the tightest of spaces,
to ensure location into the correct and exact lifting and jacking position.
Fitted with large diameter wheels and heavy duty tyres as standard, all ToughLift models are narrow in
width and have the smallest footprint area in the industry.
A wide variety of optional extras are also available which include load holding blocks, swivel load caps,
locking, load block extensions, slip lock extensions and accessory tool boxes. Further details can be found
on pages 154 to 156.
With the Hi-Force ToughLift, plant operators in mining, construction and railway industries are assured of
minimal maintenance and repair downtime, of their capital intensive equipment, from the strongest and
most versatile lifting jack in the world!
TL - TOUGHLIFT JACKING SYSTEMS
153
L
Model
number
Capacity
tonnes
TL050A255
TL050E255
TL100A405
TL100A530
TL100E405
TL100E530
TL150A390
TL150A520
TL150E390
TL150E520
TL200A380
TL200E380
50
50
100
100
100
100
150
150
150
150
200
200

160
168
288
318
296
326
312
348
320
356
372
380
680
680
480
180
480
180
485
180
485
180
500
500
Choice of 50, 100, 150 or 200 tonne lifting capacities
Patented multi-positional lifting handle for easy transportation and positioning
Available with choice of electric or air driven hydraulic pump unit
Push button remote hand pendant controller with 6 metre control cable
Patented jacking system for safe and correct positioning prior to load lift
Wide range of accessories available for even greater versatility (see pages 154 to 156)
Narrow width, with small footprint for easy access into confined spaces
Integral airline filter, lubricator and pressure regulator unit (air driven models only)
User friendly design with easily accessible maintenance features
Large diameter, heavy duty wheels for easy positioning underneath the load
Choice of 12 models with a range of accessories
Used in mining, construction & railway industries
Power
Supply
Note: All electric driven ToughLift jacking systems are available in 110V and 240V single phase, power supply options.
For 110V version, please suffix model number with 110, i.e TL050E255-110 for 110V version.
6-Bar air driven
240V electric
6-Bar air driven
6-Bar air driven
240V electric
240V electric
6-Bar air driven
6-Bar air driven
240V electric
240V electric
6-Bar air driven
240V electric
Stroke
mm
Weight
kg
Max additional
stack in mm
254
254
405
530
405
530
390
520
390
520
381
381
For more information take a look at the
ToughLift website www.toughlift.com
TL150A520 TL200A380
154
L
Dimensions in mm
TL050A255
TL050E255
TL100A405
TL100A530
TL100E405
TL100E530
TL150A390
TL150A520
TL150E390
TL150E520
TL200A380
TL200E380
Model
Number
A
455
455
665
843
665
843
665
843
665
843
660
660
B
660
660
730
730
730
730
730
730
730
730
730
730
C
560
560
660
660
660
660
660
660
660
660
660
660
D
1440
1440
1520
1520
1520
1520
1520
1520
1520
1520
1520
1520
E
380-1000
360-960
360-960
360-960
360-960
360-960
360-960
360-960
360-960
360-960
360-960
F
700-1300
700-1300
860-1440
860-1440
860-1440
860-1440
860-1440
860-1440
860-1440
860-1440
860-1440
860-1440
EXTENSIONS
SADDLES
A
B C
D
E
F (Min)
F (Max)
Handle in parking
position
Handle positions for
manoeuvring
Handle in lifting
position
Note: The 50 tonne models
have a combined lifting and
parking position.
G
1560
1560
1560
1560
1560
1560
1560
1560
1560
1560
MIN - MAX MIN - MAX
380-1000
Tilting saddles are fitted as standard to all
ToughLift jacks, however flat saddles can also be
supplied as an optional extra. Both types of saddle
(flat or tilting swivel) can be easily fitted to all slip
lock and load lock extensions.
SPACERS
Base mounted spacer
Hi-Force also offers a range of extensions for use
with ToughLift jacking systems. Slip lock
extensions can be used in multiples up to the
maximum height specified on page 155. Load lock
extensions can only be used one at a time,
however, they can be used in conjunction with slip
lock extensions.
Both extension options must terminate with a flat
or swivel tilting saddle on the top of the extension
stack.
Base mounted spacers for increased closed height
are available for 200 tonne models only.
Please suffix model number with E when ordering.
G (Min)
G (Max)
155
L
LOAD BLOCK SETS
Load block sets
Model number
TLB50-250
TLB50-250
TLB100-405
TLB100-530
TLB100-405
TLB100-530
TLB150-390
TLB150-520
TLB150-390
TLB150-520
TLB200-380
TLB200-380
Lock out Height
(mm)
250
250
400
525
400
525
385
515
385
515
375
375
50
50
100
100
100
100
150
150
150
150
200
200
Capacity
tonnes
TL050A255
TL050E255
TL100A405
TL100A530
TL100E405
TL100E530
TL150A390
TL150A520
TL150E390
TL150E520
TL200A380
TL200E380
To suit
jack model
SLIP LOCK EXTENSIONS
LOAD LOCK EXTENSIONS
TL050A255
TL050E255
TL100A405
TL100A530
TL100E405
TL100E530
TL150A390
TL150A520
TL150E390
TL150E520
TL200A380
TL200E380
To suit
jack model
SLE-175-50
SLE175-50
SLE175-100
SLE175-100
SLE175-100
SLE175-100
SLE175-150
SLE175-150
SLE175-150
SLE175-150
SLE175-200
SLE175-200
Length
175mm
SLE200-50
SLE200-50
SLE200-100
*
SLE200-100
*
SLE200-150
*
SLE200-150
*
SLE200-200
SLE200-200
Length
200mm
680
680
480
180
480
180
485
180
485
180
500
500
Recommended
max. extension
height in mm
SLE300-50
SLE300-50
SLE300-100
*
SLE300-100
*
SLE300-150
*
SLE300-150
*
SLE300-200
SLE300-200
Length
300mm
SLE400-50
SLE400-50
SLE400-100
*
SLE400-100
*
SLE400-150
*
SLE400-150
*
SLE400-200
SLE400-200
Length
400mm
SLE500-50
SLE500-50
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
SLE500-200
SLE500-200
Length
500mm
TL050A255
TL050E255
TL100A405
TL100A530
TL100E405
TL100E530
TL150A390
TL150A520
TL150E390
TL150E520
TL200A380
TL200E380
To suit
jack model
LLE-175-50
LLE175-50
LLE175-100
LLE175-100
LLE175-100
LLE175-100
LLE175-150
LLE175-150
LLE175-150
LLE175-150
LLE175-200
LLE175-200
Length
175mm
LLE200-50
LLE200-50
LLE200-100
*
LLE200-100
*
LLE200-150
*
LLE200-150
*
LLE200-200
LLE200-200
Length
200mm
680
680
480
180
480
180
485
180
485
180
500
500
Recommended
max. extension
height in mm
LLE300-50
LLE300-50
LLE300-100
*
LLE300-100
*
LLE300-150
*
LLE300-150
*
LLE300-200
LLE300-200
Length
300mm
LLE400-50
LLE400-50
LLE400-100
*
LLE400-100
*
LLE400-150
*
LLE400-150
*
LLE400-200
LLE400-200
Length
400mm
LLE500-50
LLE500-50
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
LLE500-200
LLE500-200
Length
500mm
* = Exceeds recommended maximum extension height
* = Exceeds recommended maximum extension height
Load
Blocks Adaptor
3
3
5
5
7
7
5
7
5
7
5
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
156
L
FLAT SADDLES
TOOL BOXES
50
50
100
100
100
100
150
150
150
150
200
200
Capacity
tonnes
TL050A255
TL050E255
TL100A405
TL100A530
TL100E405
TL100E530
TL150A390
TL150A520
TL150E390
TL150E520
TL200A380
TL200E380
To Suit
Jack Model
TLF50
TLF50
TLF150
TLF150
TLF150
TLF150
TLF150
TLF150
TLF150
TLF150
TLF200
TLF200
Model number
Flat saddle
To store your ToughLift accessories safely why not consider
ordering a tool box made specifically to suit your accessory set.
Hi-Force offers ToughLift accessory tool boxes made to special
order with a fast delivery time to help maintain the working
condition and integrity of your ToughLift system.
TOUGHLIFT CONFIGURATION EXAMPLES
Piston
Tilting saddle
Piston
Tilting saddle
Slip lock
extension
Piston
Tilting saddle
Load lock
extension
Load block
set
TLF150
157
L
GTB - GIANT BEAD BREAKER
Breaks beads in seconds with no rim damage
Compatible for use with Hi-Force manual pumps
The Hi-Force Combi Bead Breaker is used for breaking
tyre beads and suitable for use on all single, two and
three-piece 2-5-10 hole budd, 7.50 x 16s and all
tubeless truck tyres and rims. It can break beads in
seconds using a powerful 11 tonnes capacity, 700 Bar
hydraulic cylinder leaving no rim damage. With a nett
weight of 15.5kgs, it is portable and light and is
compatible for use with Hi-Force 700 Bar rated hand
and powered pumps (see pages 27 - 48).
Model
Number
Capacity
tonnes
Working
Range
Stroke
mm
Working
Pressure (Bar)
Weight
Kg
Dimensions in mm
A B C D E
The Hi-Force Giant Bead Breaker is used for breaking
tyre beads and suitable for use on 5 piece rims 25 to
51 (635 to 1295 mm). With this model you can
remove larger tyres with ease using a powerful
14 tonnes capacity, 700 Bar hydraulic cylinder which
has a nett weight of 12.5kgs The Giant bead breaker is
compatible for use with Hi-Force 700 Bar hand and
powered pumps (see pages 27 - 48).
Model
Number
Capacity
tonnes
Stroke
mm
Working
Pressure (Bar)
Weight
Kg
Dimensions in mm
PTB1 11 up to 127mm 95 700 15.5 130 330 95 138 100
PTB1
GTB1
GTB1 12.5 102 433 422.8 102 22 100 88 64 700 14
A B C D E F G
Used to break beads on earth movers etc
Compatible for use with Hi-Force manual pumps
A
B
C
D
E
PTB - COMBI BEAD BREAKER
158
L
TL - TOUGHLIFT APPLICATIONS
GTB & PTB - BEAD BREAKER APPLICATIONS
Rental Services
On-Site services
Repair services
Testing & service contracts
Hydraulic tools
Product and service training
159
Torque tool calibration
Rental
On-Site
Maintenance
Contracts
Product Training
Calibration
Page
160
Page
161
Page
162
Page
164
Pages
165 - 168
Page
163
M
SERVICES
160
M
The Hi-Force philosophy of offering a complete service
package to support our valued customers needs and
requirements also extends to tool rental services.
With such an extensive array of products available within
the Hi-Force range, it is sometimes difficult for our
customers to decide on the most suitable tool in which
to invest their money. Additionally, with our higher value
products like high tonnage cylinders, powered pumps,
hydraulic wrenches, stud bolt tensioners and hydrotest
pumps, many clients simply cannot justify the high
capital outlay to purchase, especially in cases where
their needs for the product are relatively short term or
even simply for a one off job. In some cases annual
budget restraints also make it difficult to get purchase
expenditure approval even though there is a definite
requirement for the tools.
Hi-Force actively encourages and promotes its tool
rental services package, both at Regional Offices and at
participating distributors worldwide. Unlike our
competitors who believe that tool rental business
reduces product sales, we at Hi-Force believe it actually
increases them!
Many of our customers worldwide who have purchased
Hi-Force products, initially took the opportunity to
try out both our product quality and our level of service
support via tool rental. Once satisfied, these same
customers became, brand loyal purchasers of Hi-Force
products on a regular basis.
An additional benefit of maintaining a comprehensive
fleet of rental tools at our Regional Offices and
participating distributors is that users can easily request
on-site demonstrations, using rental tools at short
notice, or even utilise our rental services whilst having
their own equipment serviced or repaired. In most
industries the biggest drain on profits is the cost to the
company of maintenance and shutdown activities.
Hi-Force tool rental is available at very short notice and
helps ensure that production recommences as quickly
as possible without any unnecessary delays.
Hi-Force tool rental is available on both short and long term basis and all equipment provided is
guaranteed, tested and certified prior to mobilisation to site.
Hi-Force tool rental offers an economical alternative to purchasing capital intensive specialised
equipment at short notice. Give it a try, you will be pleasantly surprised!
All Hi-Force rental equipment is proof-tested
prior to release for rental. All tests are
documented and all equipment is supplied
with a test certificate.
Additionally, torque equipment is calibrated,
using the latest technology. Test &
calibration results are automatically
transferred to purpose-written software for
producing unique and traceable
certificates.
RENTAL SERVICES
161
M M
In addition to the tool rental services offered by Hi-Force and
detailed on page 160, we also offer a first class on-site services
package. Utilising Hi-Force tools drawn from our extensive global
rental tool inventory, Hi-Force is also able to offer a first class
on-site bolting and jacking service. Available globally via Hi-Force
Regional Offices and participating distributors, the Hi-Force
on-site services package combines the expertise of our highly
trained and experienced crews with the high quality reputation of
Hi-Force products.
For on-site bolting services we are able to carry out jobs ranging
from a simple bolt up of a single flange joint to major construction
and maintenance shut down projects. Our record and past
experience of working with many major multi-national companies
is second to none and our crews have established an excellent
reputation for meeting and beating critical time deadlines, even in
the most demanding conditions. Major customer industries
include oil & gas, power generation, cement plants, civil and
mechanical construction and maintenance.
We also offer on-site lifting and jacking services usually related to
heavy lift applications involving multiple numbers of Hi-Force high
tonnage cylinders, pumps, hoses and accessories. Past jobs
undertaken and successfully completed include bridge lifting,
cantilever and steel structure weighing and a variety of lift and
shift applications.
Our crews have received many verbal and written testimonials
for their excellent performance and copies of these are available
on request.
Hi-Force is very proud of its excellent reputation for carrying out
efficient, safe, competitively priced on-site jobs, within client
specified time periods. Please do not hesitate to contact us if you
have a requirement for Hi-Force on-site services.
ON-SITE SERVICES
162
M
Every year huge amounts of money are lost to industries
worldwide due to the breakdown of capital intensive hydraulic and
pneumatic tools. This extensive loss of revenue could be
drastically reduced if users and owners were always in a position
to call upon specialist repairers, at short notice, to identify the
faults and carry out fast, reliable, guaranteed repairs.
Hi-Force is at your service!! We have built our success on our
service first philosophy and a long history of providing
customers with a comprehensive repair service for a wide range
of hydraulic and pneumatic tools.
All Hi-Force offices worldwide, along with participating Hi-Force
Distributors operate a fully equipped workshop repair facility,
using the latest state of the art repair and testing equipment
and techniques, carried out by trained and qualified workshop
technicians. Our global network of Hi-Force service centres is
modelled on our highly successful and wholly owned UK
Distributor company, H.E.S. Sales Limited, who have been offering
repair services, along with the other services detailed in this
section of the catalogue, from two strategically placed locations in
England, since the early 1970s.
All Hi-Force service centres carry good stocks of commonly used
spare parts and are able to offer a first class guaranteed repair
service for all Hi-Force products as well as most international
competitor brands. All items repaired carry a 90 day warranty
against faulty materials or workmanship and each item is
returned to the customer with an individual test/calibration
certificate.
Make the most of your investment in tools through regular
servicing and repair, at an economical cost, through the Hi-Force
service network.
REPAIR SERVICES
Hi-Force Dubai workshop
Hi-Force UK Test and Repair
facilities
163
M
As part of our ever improving after sales and service support facilities, Hi-Force offers a comprehensive
calibration service for all makes of hand, pneumatic and hydraulic torque tools to our services portfolio.
Available from selected Hi-Force Regional Offices and distributors worldwide, this fast expanding activity is
currently receiving considerable attention from our customer base.
All of our in house calibration equipment has valid, independently approved NAMAS calibration certificates
which are renewed annually. All items calibrated are returned with an individual test and calibration
certificate traceable to our NAMAS certification.
This service is particularly focused on tools used for accurate bolt tightening, which according to industry
standards, recommends that they are calibrated, at least once per year and in some cases more often if
used extensively. When did you last have your critical bolt tightening tools calibrated? Check and contact
Hi-Force for a first class calibration service at a competitive price.
Hi-Force is also able to offer a limited calibration service for other hydraulic and pneumatic tools.
Contact your local Hi-Force Regional Office or distributor for more information.
Calibration of a hand
torque wrench
Hydraulic torque
wrench calibration
Sample calibration certificate
CALIBRATION SERVICES
164
M
Targeted at companies with a wide variety or a
considerable number of hydraulic and pneumatic tools,
Hi-Force is able to negotiate and offer a regular on-site
testing and service facility to customers, which ensures
that their tool inventory is kept in first class working
condition, fully tested and certified. This is particularly
beneficial to tool users that are required to carry out
planned plant maintenance shutdowns at their facilities, as
this unique service, from Hi-Force, can be planned to
coincide within a reasonable time period, prior to an
upcoming shutdown.
Within the UK, Hi-Force testing and service contracts are
managed by our wholly owned distributor, H.E.S Sales
Limited, who operate a fleet of dedicated, fully equipped,
on-site mobile test vehicles ably supported by two
strategically placed workshop service centres. All test
vehicles are managed by a trained and qualified test
engineer, who is fully conversant with all of the latest safety
regulations related to hydraulic and pneumatic tools.
Site visits are planned and pre-booked for mutually agreed
date(s) so that clients can arrange to gather all of their
tools, requiring test and inspection, to a central point, at
their facilities, for our test inspector to carry out the
testing.
A comprehensive test report is prepared by our test
engineer, detailing all of the tools examined and tested,
along with a report on all tools that fail the test. A copy of
the report is handed over by our test engineer, prior to
leaving site, for the client to assess and give any necessary
authorisation for the tools to be removed from site for
detailed examination and estimate for repair. Subject to
client approval, our test engineer will deliver the tools to the
nearest H.E.S. Sales Limited service centre, from where a
comprehensive strip down, inspection, report and repair
quotation will be promptly prepared and sent to the client in
writing. Subject to approval of the repair costs, the clients
tools will then receive the first class repair service, as
detailed on page 162.

Alongside the testing service many of our clients also
negotiate a period contract covering both the on-site
testing and repair service which usually results in more
advantageous and competitive rates. For further
information on our global testing and service capabilities
please contact Hi-Force UK or one of our Regional Offices
and Service Centres.
Hi-Force service vehicle
Interior of Hi-Force test & service vehicle
Hi-Force Daventry test facilities
Hi-Force workshop
TESTING & SERVICE CONTRACTS
165
M
With our ever expanding network of Hi-Force regional offices and authorised distributors worldwide
(today we are active in over 100 countries), Hi-Force has identified technical product and application
training, as an essential core competency, for us to maintain our continued growth in the global market
for hydraulic tools.
Hi-Force is totally committed to ensuring that all of our own sales personnel, as well as those of our
distributors, are fully trained and totally competent to offer end users, of our products, the correct and
proper technical advice, whilst discussing individual customer specific applications and requirements for
hydraulic tools.
In September 2010, Hi-Force introduced a new and updated version of the Training Programme which
covers all aspects of technical sales, industry specific application selling, special product design, practical
and theoretical operation and maintenance, health & safety and service and repair of our entire product
range. We believe that our training programme is now, along with our extensive product range, at the
leading edge of the hydraulic tools industry world wide.
This certificate is awarded to:
Hi-Force Hydraulic Tools - Level 1
For successfully completing a training course on:
Date of Course:
Course Leader:
Signature: Date:
Achieved scores per training session : 1) Principles of hydraulics:
3) Bolting Equipment:
2) Hydraulic Tools:
Overall result:
Company name:
T r a i n i n g C e r t i f i c a t e
Course leader comments:
James Smith
Hydraulics & Trading Ltd
14/21
18/25
40/55
72/101
Steve Wakelin
12-11-2011
08-11-2011
PRODUCT TRAINING
This certificate is awarded to:
Hi-Force Hydraulic Tools - Level 1
For successfully completing a training course on:
Date of Course:
Course Leader:
Signature: Date:
Achieved scores per training session : 1) Principles of hydraulics:
3) Bolting Equipment:
2) Hydraulic Tools:
Overall result:
Company name:
T r a i n i n g C e r t i f i c a t e
Course leader comments:
Rajesh Menon
International Heavy Equipment
15/21
17/25
49/55
81/101
08-11-2011
Craig Brown
12-11-2011
166
M
To cater for the large number of different countries in which our products are now distributed and sold,
we have designed and produced our training programme in such a way that moving graphics and pictorial
examples are used wherever possible, thus minimising the need for sometimes difficult to understand
written words. This enables us to easily translate the various modules of our training into different
languages to suit local market requirements.
From basic moving graphics of a simple hand pump and cylinder through to complex multiple lifting
applications using split flow pumps, hydraulic torque wrenches and hydraulic stud bolt tensioners, our easy
to understand moving graphics easily demonstrate how our products operate and show the many
benefits that they bring to Hi-Force product users. The training also covers key areas like industry specific
applications of our products in Power Stations, Cement Plants, Refineries, Oil Platforms, Mines, Railways
etc. all of which are of great assistance to our global sales teams as they search the market place for new
customers and applications for our products.
50t
40t 30t
25t
Example images below show typical set-up of split-flow lifting system:-
PRODUCT TRAINING
Below: Practical bolting training in progress at Hi-Force Dubai.
167
M
PRODUCT TRAINING
Above: Classroom training in progress at Hi-Force UK headquarters.
Left and above: Practical bolting training in
progress at Hi-Force UK headquarters.
Above: Classroom training in support of the
practical hands on training held at Hi-Force
Dubai.
168
M
Hi-Force is also able to offer training to users of our products in selected, specific areas of the training
programme. For example the use of Hi-Force bolting tools and the application of our unique Hi-Force
BoltRight software programme (see pages 105 & 106) designed to accurately calculate bolt tension
requirements in a wide range of bolted joint applications. Hi-Force is committed to investment in the
training of people and further information on the best available training courses in the hydraulic tools
industry today, can be obtained from your nearest Hi-Force regional office, or your local Hi-Force distributor.
All Hi-Force training courses can be held at Hi-Force UK head office, overseas regional offices or at
distributor and end user locations.
Practical training in Malaysia
Classroom training in Thailand
Practical training in U.K Practical training in Dubai, U.A.E
PRODUCT TRAINING
Information on basic principles
of hydraulics
Information on basic principles of
bolting tools and equipment
169
Tightening sequence and bolting
procedure for flange bolts
Basic principles
Basic bolting principles
Tightening procedure
N
Pages
170 - 173
Pages
174 - 181
Pages
182 - 183
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Metric to imperial conversion chart
Conversions
Contact details
Page
184
Contact details of
Hi-Force offices worldwide
FIND A MODEL NUMBER
Parts
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Repair kits and replacement blades
Pages
186 - 187
CONTACT HI-FORCE
Pages
188 - 189
Model number index
Alphabetical model number index
Pages
190 - 191
Torque Chart
Recommended Torque Value Chart
Page
185
O
THE INFORMATION PAGES
170
N
Introduction
The basic principles of hydraulics are not difficult to understand, knowing how and why hydraulic tools work
will help the user to select the most suitable Hi-Force tools for the job, ensuring maximum performance at
the most economical cost.
If the Basic Principles of Hydraulics detailed in this section of the catalogue are of assistance to the
reader, then its purpose of helping with the selection of the correct Hi-Force tool for the job has been
achieved.
Using hydraulic fluid pressure to generate a force
a) Hydraulic Pressure
Hydraulic power provides one of the
simplest and most powerful forms of
producing considerable amounts of force
within a confined space using hydraulic fluid
pressure to generate a force. Since the
early inventions of low pressure, heavy
hydraulic lifting jacks through to the latest
state of the art high pressure hydraulic
systems of today, hydraulic power remains
an extensively used and widely respected
assistant to mankinds drive for even
greater power and knowledge.
Pascals law states that pressure applied at
any point upon a confined fluid (liquid) is
transmitted undiminished in all directions
within the fluid (see figure 1 & 2).
This means that by using hydraulic pressure
as a medium a small force can be converted
into an appreciable multiple of itself.
The actual fluid pressure involved plays a
very important role in this Multiplication of
Force and in this context there are two
features of hydraulic pressure which are
important to remember.
1. Hydraulic pressure is measured as a
force per unit of area e.g. Bar (kg/cm) or
PSI (Pounds per Square Inch).
2. The hydraulic pressure at any point within
the fluid is the same in all
directions provided of course that the fluid is
static (non moving) - see figure 1 & 2.
Figure 1
Figure 2
BASIC PRINCIPLES OF HYDRAULICS
171
N
b) The Industry Standard
The accepted International Standard for maximum working pressure in the high pressure hydraulic tools
industry is 700 Bar (10,000 PSI) and the majority of the products detailed in this catalogue have a
maximum working pressure of 700 Bar (10,000 PSI). Therefore where a particular cylinder is specified in
this catalogue as having a 10 tonnes maximum capacity, it must be noted that the maximum capacity is
calculated at the maximum working pressure.
c) Pressure and Force
The criteria for establishing the maximum output force of a hydraulic cylinder at 700 Bar pressure is the
size of the effective area of the cylinder bore, i.e. the area to which the hydraulic fluid at a pressure of
700 Bar is being applied. Because of this simple criteria it is possible to manufacture cylinders in the
Hi-Force range from 4.5 tonnes up to in excess of 500 tonnes capacity.
The equation for calculating the output force of a hydraulic cylinder, given that the effective area and design
maximum working pressure are known, is simply : -
Effective area (cm) x Pressure (Bar)
981
= Output Force (Tonnes)
For example Hi-Force model reference HLS502 (page 13) has an effective area of 71.3 cm and therefore
a maximum working pressure of 700 Bar : -
71.3 (cm) x 700 (Bar)
981
= 50.88 Tonnes
Single acting cylinder Double acting cylinder
Advance effective area
Retract effective area
172
N
d) The Pump
Hydraulic pressure is provided by a hydraulic pump (manual or powered operation) that pumps the
hydraulic fluid into the cylinder bore via a flexible hydraulic hose connected to the cylinder quick connect inlet
coupling.
Hand operated pumps are the simplest form of pump and consist of a pumping piston, release valve, and
suction and delivery check valves. The pump is operated by closing the valve and then raising and lowering
the handle to pump fluid from the reservoir to the pump outlet connection. This action produces a steadily
increasing fluid pressure generated by the downward leverage of the pump handle in conjunction with the
opening and closing of the suction and delivery check valves. Power pumps replace hand leverage with a
motive driven rotational force, i.e., electric, air or petrol engine driven motor.
Single speed hand pump
Suction, delivery & release valve highlighted
Multiple piston block powered pump
Double acting cylinder & hand pump combination
173
D
O
D
O
D
O
D
O
As the hydraulic fluid enters into the bore of the cylinder it forces the cylinder piston to move upwards.
Any resistance to the upward movement of the piston, e.g. a load, will result in the fluid pressure increasing
as the operator continues to actuate the pump lever up and down. The fluid pressure will continue to
increase either until the piston overcomes the resistance (load) and moves upwards until it reaches the end
of its designed stroke length or the fluid pressure reaches the maximum permissible pressure of 700 Bar
and the pump safety pressure relief valve is activated preventing over pressurisation above 700 Bar.
50t
40t 30t
25t
A two speed hand pump circuit
A split flow synchronised lift schematic
The internal workings of a TWH-N hydraulic wrench
The internal workings of a hydraulic jack
N
174
N
Figure 1
Tension
Bolt tension
Torque
Since the invention of using threaded bolts and nuts to join
various components together was introduced centuries ago,
the methods of bolt tensioning and the tool design technology
have improved tremendously to the extent that Hi-Force offers
the most comprehensive range of bolting products available
from a single source anywhere in the world!
From basic high quality, calibrated hand torque wrenches to
the latest State of the Art hydraulic torque wrenches and
bolt tensioners, Hi-Force can deliver the right tool for the job on
time, every time!
This section of the catalogue provides basic information about the methods of applying tension to a bolted
connection. There are three possible methods to tighten threaded fasteners, by torque which is rotation of
the nut or bolt head, by direct tension to stretch the fastener, or by heat to expand the fastener.
Torque and tensioning (see figure 1) probably covers 99% of bolting applications, and it is these two
methods that are detailed in this catalogue.
What is tension and how does it affect a bolted fastener ?
As with most materials, steel which is predominantly used in the manufacture of bolts and nuts, has an
inherent elasticity i.e. it can be stretched between two points. The tension that is imparted into the bolt
acts as a clamping force to hold the bolted components together. Care must always be taken when
stretching the bolt to ensure that its yield point is not exceeded which will cause the bolt to lose its
physical properties of elasticity.
Hookes law states that the amount of distortion (lengthening, shortening, bending or twisting) applied will
be directly proportional to the applied force, provided the applied force is kept within the materials elastic
limits. For most industrial applications, a fastener should be tightened until it has a retained tension of
40 to 60 percent of its elastic limit.
For a threaded fastener to correctly hold (clamp) components together it must be stretched (tensioned)
to a known accurate amount. A threaded fastener that is under-tightened could work loose and come
apart, resulting in a shearing force developing between the mating parts which could cut the bolt in two.
A loose fastener may also lead to further mechanical looseness of surrounding machinery parts causing
unnecessary vibration and wear. Fluid and gas leaks could also occur due to incorrect sealing in pressure
joints, which could be extremely dangerous if any of the materials to be sealed are toxic, flammable or
explosive.
An over-tightened fastener could cause damage to the bolted components, excessive over-tightening will
cause the bolt and/or nut to deform causing loss of tension in the fastener as it exceeds its elastic limit
(yield point).
For most industrial applications, the equipment manufacturers, as well as structural and piping component
designers, will provide the torque or tension specifications for the relevant fastener(s) to be used to
connect the component parts. It is vitally important to adhere to these specifications to ensure a correctly
tensioned joint is achieved.
BASIC PRINCIPLES OF BOLTING TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
175
N
How do we generate tension in the bolt ?
As mentioned earlier the two most common methods
to impart tension into a threaded fastener are by torque
(see figure 2) or by direct tension (see figure 3).
Torque is defined as the turning or twisting force
exerted on a nut or bolt head and it is the product of two
measurements i.e. force and distance (see figure 4).
Force is measured in units of Pounds or Newtons and is
quite simply the amount of force applied at a given
distance from the centre of the item being turned or
twisted. Distance is measured in units of length i.e.
inches, feet, centimetres or metres. Torque is
expressed as a combination of the relevant units of
force and distance i.e. pounds feet (lbf.ft) in the imperial
measurement system or Newton metres (Nm) in the
metric system. Torque is applied to a threaded fastener
by a variety of manual and power driven types of torque
wrenches.
Newtons law states that for every applied force there is
an equal and opposite reactive force. Therefore as the
torque is applied to the nut, by turning it increases, it will
create a tension in the bolt which will act as a clamping
force within the effective thread length. Initially this
clamping force will pull the two bolted components
together and subsequently it will build up and retain a
known tension (load) within the fastener to maintain the
joint integrity.
The amount of torque to be applied to a threaded
fastener will depend on several factors including the
design application, type of joint, size, length and quantity
of fasteners to be used and the type of thread lubricant.
Ordinarily the torque applied should not be outside of the
40-60% of minimum yield range. Hi-Force BoltRight
software programme (see pages 105-106) assists the
user to accurately calculate the required torque/tension
to achieve a successful joint bolt up.
Figure 2
Torque
Tension
Figure 3
Threaded
puller
Piston
Cylinder
Bridge
Oil inlet
port
Tommy
bar
Nut
rotating
socket
Turn direction
Direct tension is applied to the fastener using a hydraulic tensioning device commonly known as a hydraulic
bolt tensioner (see figure 3). This is a high pressure hydraulic cylinder, with accessories, designed to seat
against the joint, grip the fastener thread using a compatible threaded puller, and via applied hydraulic
pressure extend the cylinder piston against the puller, to pull (stretch) the bolt or stud to a known tension
in tonnes or kN. When the pull force equals the desired bolt preload, plus an additional amount to
compensate for bolt relaxation, the nut is run down the thread using a short tommy bar until it is tight
against the joint face. The hydraulic pressure is then released and the threaded fastener is prevented from
returning to its original length, by the tightened nut, subsequently leaving the required tension retained in
the fastener.
Figure 4
Torque
Force
Lever length
distance
N
Hydraulic bolt tensioners are commonly used in multiples linked to a single hydraulic pump unit particularly
in applications where reliable leak free joints are required. By using a number of tensioners simultaneously
the operator is able to ensure an even pull down of the joint components, resulting in uniformity of gasket
compression and consistent leak free joints. As with torque, the actual amount of tension to be directly
applied to the threaded fastener by the hydraulic bolt tensioner, should be confirmed by the equipment
manufacturer or designer. The majority of hydraulic bolt tensioners operate at a maximum hydraulic
pressure of 1500 Bar and certainly this maximum pressure/tension load should never be exceeded.
Correct Tool Selection
Having now understood the two most common methods of applying tension to the fastener (torque or
direct tension) let us now look at the various types of tools available to accurately and successfully complete
the given task, along with other bolting products available from Hi-Force.
Hand Torque Wrenches
Probably the most commonly used tool, for accurately tightening threaded fasteners in the world!!
Hand torque wrenches are designed and manufactured on the basis of Hookes Law i.e. force x distance.
Hi-Force hand torque wrenches incorporate a reversible ratchet design drive head and a clear, easily
adjustable torque setting scale. All Hi-Force hand torque wrenches are designed and manufactured to
International Standard ISO 6789:2003. Each model is supplied marked with a unique serial number,
traceable to an individual test and calibration certificate, and provides a repeatable accuracy of +/- 3% for
HTW-R models and +/- 4% for the HTW-B models. Full technical specification on the Hi-Force range of
hand torque wrenches can be found on page 64 of this catalogue.
176
N
Hand Torque Multipliers
A hand torque multiplier is a mechanical device that multiplies the preset amount of input torque applied by
the operator using a calibrated hand torque wrench. Hi-Force hand torque multipliers incorporate a
planetary gear train which has one or more stages, each of which increases the input torque applied by a
factor of 5. The greater the number of stages within the planetary gear train, the higher the output torque
achieved, relative to the input torque applied. Due to the greater output torque produced using hand torque
multipliers, it is necessary to incorporate an integral reaction foot to absorb the opposing reactive force
generated (Hookes Law). Great care must be taken to ensure that the reaction foot is correctly located
against a suitably strong reaction point prior to operating the tool. Because the power output cannot
exceed the power input, the number of output rotations will be lower than the number of input rotations.
Hi-Force hand torque multipliers are available with multiplication ratios of 5:1, 25:1, 75:1 and 125:1 and
full technical details can be found on pages 65-67 of this catalogue.
177
N
178
N
Pneumatic Torque Multipliers
A pneumatic torque multiplier operates in the same way as a hand torque multiplier except that the input
motive force is provided by a pneumatically driven air motor instead of a manually operated hand torque
wrench, making the tool both faster and easier to operate. Torque output is preset and adjusted by
regulating the input air pressure, supplied to the pneumatic motor, which will control the amount of input
torque applied to the planetary gear train. As the torque output increases the air motor will gradually slow
down, until it eventually stalls i.e. the opposite reactive force generated becomes equivalent to the input
torque of the air motor. Each tool is supplied with an airline filter, regulator, lubricator unit in a handy
carrying frame with integral air line pressure gauge and 3 metre connecting hose. Repeatable accuracy of
+/- 5% can easily be achieved in conjunction with the individual torque calibration chart supplied with each
tool. Full technical details can be found on pages 68 - 69 of this catalogue.
179
N
Hydraulic Torque Wrenches
Hydraulic torque wrenches are specifically designed for applications where limitation of space and/or
particularly high output torque is required. The design of a hydraulic torque wrench utilises the far higher
leverage forces generated from a hydraulic piston, using high pressure hydraulic power supplied from an
air or electric driven pump. The hydraulic piston is connected to a ratchet via a reaction pawl assembly
which allows it to engage the ratchet teeth in the advance mode to rotate the nut or bolt head, and
subsequently release during piston retraction to re-engage in the next forward push position. All Hi-Force
hydraulic torque wrenches operate at 700 Bar maximum hydraulic pressure, incorporate a double acting
heavy duty hydraulic piston for fast and easy operation, and can be used for accurately tightening or
loosening nuts/bolts. A choice of standard square drive tools, suitable for use with a variety of sizes of
torque wrench sockets, or hexagon drive cassette head tools that locate directly on to the nut/bolt are
available. Full technical specifications can be found on pages 70 to 81 of this catalogue.
BASIC PRINCIPLES OF BOLTING TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
180
N
Hydraulic Bolt Tensioners
Hydraulic bolt tensioners provide the most consistent and accurate method of applying tension to bolted
connections. Comprising of four component parts, i.e. bridge, nut rotating socket, threaded puller and load
cell, hydraulic bolt tensioners offer a safe, accurate method of ensuring consistent joint integrity.
Sub sea tensioners consists of only two parts, i.e a bridge mounted load cell and a quick fit threaded puller.
Designed to directly stretch the bolt by applying a known load to the fastener using a hydraulic load cell and
threaded puller, the securing nut is rotated using a short tommy bar, whilst the thread is being stretched,
until it is firmly tightened against the joint face. Immediately after the hydraulic pressure (load) is released,
the bolt tension is retained because the threaded fastener is prevented from returning to its original length
by the tightened nut. Hydraulic bolt tensioners can be linked together in multiples to ensure an even pull
down or tension is applied to all bolts simultaneously. This is particularly critical in applications where a
sealing gasket is used and consistent leak free connections are required. Full technical specification can be
found on pages 87 to 104 of this catalogue.
181
N
Nut splitters
Hydraulic nut splitters provide the perfect answer for removal of
worn, damaged or corroded fasteners that cannot be opened using
torque or tensioning tools. The nut splitter design incorporates a
powerful hydraulic piston to drive a precision engineered, angled
splitting wedge into the flat face of the nut. The splitting wedge is
manufactured from high grade tool steel for maximum life and can
be easily removed for re-sharpening or replacement. The angled
design of the splitting wedge allows the nut to be split with minimal
damage to the threads on the bolt or stud. Full details can be found
on pages 138 - 140 of this catalogue.
Impact Wrenches
Air driven (pneumatic) impact wrenches are probably one of the
most commonly used tools in the bolting industry today. Ideally
suited for run down or fast removal of bolted connections, all
models operate using a standard 6 Bar air line pressure. Hi-Force
industrial quality impact wrenches have a 4 position adjustable
power output device, however torque accuracy cannot be
measured or guaranteed due to the impact design of these tools.
Full technical details can be found on page 85 of this catalogue.
Sockets and Accessories
Most of the bolting products detailed in this catalogue will also
require a selection of accessories to assist with the relevant bolting
application. Hi-Force offers an extensive range of sockets, hexagon
drives, hexagon reducer bushes and backup wrenches suitable for
use with Hi-Force bolting tools. Full specifications and available
options in both imperial and metric standard sizes are detailed on
pages 72, 73, 74, 79, 80, 81 and 82 of this catalogue.
Flange Spreaders
Flange spreaders provide the perfect answer for separating flange
joints for maintenance etc..... after bolt removal. Hi-Force flange
spreaders are available in both mechanical and hydraulic options.
Full technical details can be found on pages 141 to 144 of this
catalogue.
182
N
1 3
4 2
4 Bolt
Flange
2
3 6
5 4
7
1 8
8 Bolt
Flange
1
10
3
8
11
6 2
9
4
7
12
5
12 Bolt
Flange
1 10
5
15
3
11
7
13
2 9
6
16
4
12
8
14
16 Bolt
Flange
1
20
12
8
16
4
18
10
6
13
2
19
11
7
15
3
17
9
5
14
20 Bolt
Flange
7
1
16
24
8
20
12
4
14
22
6
17
9
2
15
23
19
11
3
13
21
5
18
10
24 Bolt
Flange
1
20
11
27
16
8
24
24
4
18
10
14
26
6 21
2
19
12
28
15
7
23
3
17
9
25
13
5 22
28 Bolt
Flange
As explained on page 175, the two most common methods for tightening of bolted flange
joints are either by torque using torque wrenches or by direct tension using hydraulic bolt
tensioners. Regardless of the method selected a pre-bolting inspection is essential if an
accurate and leak free joint is to be achieved first time, every time. The inspection must
include checking for any damage to the gasket and sealing surfaces, ensuring that the
bolts and nuts are the correct size and material, are not damaged in any way and that the
correct lubricant is to be used. In addition, it is vitally important that the two flanges are
correctly aligned to each other and that the bolts can be easily fitted through the bolt
holes. If any of the above checks are not satisfactory immediate remedial action must take
place before starting to bolt up the joint.
Tightening using torque wrenches
Insert the bolts through both flanges and hand tighten the nuts on both sides ensuring
that there is full thread engagement on both nuts of every bolt. Square up the joint and
ensure that all bolts are freely moving through the bolt holes and that the nuts are hand
tightened against the outer flange faces. Number all bolts sequentially in a diametrically
opposed fashion as shown in the illustrations on the right. Commence tightening of the
bolts sequentially starting with a first pass at 25% of the final specified and required
torque figure, a second pass at 50% and then a third pass at 100%. Finally a check pass
should be carried out in either a clockwise or anti-clockwise direction at 100% of the
required torque to ensure all bolts are uniformly tightened.
Tensioning procedure using hydraulic bolt tensioners
Insert the bolts through both flanges and hand tighten the nuts on both sides ensuring
that there is full thread engagement on both sides. Take care to ensure that on the
selected flange face, to which the tensioners are to be affixed, that there is at least
1 x diameter (*) of the bolt thread protruding above the nut face. This is required for the
tensioner puller to attach correctly and if insufficient thread is exposed then the
tensioning procedure must not proceed. The exact number and positioning of the
hydraulic bolt tensioners must then be ascertained i.e. 25%, 33%, 50% or 100%
simultaneous tensioning of all the bolts in the respective joint. After deciding the number
of bolt tensioners to be used simultaneously, affix them to the exposed thread end of the
bolts, equally spaced around the flange for 25%, 33% or 50% simultaneous tensioning,
or on every bolt in the case of 100% simultaneous tensioning. Please refer to page 183
and to the comprehensive Hi-Force operating manual for bolt tensioners for more
detailed instructions. After correctly assembling all of the bolt tensioners on to the flange,
hook up the interconnecting hydraulic hoses and the mainline hose to the air driven pump
unit and apply the applicable hydraulic pressure, as specified by either the joint equipment
manufacturer or the BoltRight software (see pages 105 & 106). In cases other than
100% simultaneous tensioning there will be two different hydraulic pump pressures to be
applied to the bolt tensioners and these should be strictly adhered to. Once all of the bolts
have been tensioned using the Hi-Force bolt tensioners the joint is ready for testing.
Take note that it is normal to have to make 2 or 3 passes around the bolts when
tensioning at 50% or less and usually the lower the number of tensioners being used
simultaneously, the more passes that will need to be done and hence it will take more time
to complete the joint tightening.
Whether tightening the bolts using a torque wrench or bolt tensioners it is a good idea to
carry out a final check for tightness of all the bolts by simply tapping each nut with a
hammer and listen to see if a high pitched ringing sound is achieved. A dull sound indicates
that the respective bolt is still loose.

(*) For sub-sea tensioners, please see note on page 183.
TIGHTENING SEQUENCE & BOLTING PROCEDURE FOR FLANGE BOLTS
183
N
Hi-Force hydraulic bolt tensioners offer the quickest,
safest and most accurate means of applying a
specific residual load to bolts. Bolt tensioners can be
used to easily achieve an accurate and
pre-determined bolt loading in a single, simultaneous
operation, providing the uniform gasket
compression, essential for the integrity of critical
bolted connections. Ideally all bolts in the joint should
be tensioned simultaneously (100%), however 50%,
33% or even 25% simultaneous tensioning can be
carried out, which then requires the operator to
make two, three or four tensioning operations by
moving around the bolts in diametrically opposed
fashion. Whilst partial tensioning will take longer to
complete the task, it enables the user to optimise
between the cost of the equipment and the available
time.
Hi-Force hydraulic bolt tensioners are designed to
directly stretch the bolt by applying a known load to
the fastener using a hydraulic cylinder and threaded
puller. The securing nut is then rotated using a short
tommy bar, whilst the thread is being stretched, until
it is firmly tightened against the joint face.
Immediately the hydraulic pressure (load) is released
the bolt tension (residual load) is retained, within the
clamp length of the bolt, because it is prevented from
returning to its original length by the tightened nut.
To operate hydraulic bolt tensioners on bolted
connections safely, an extra length of threaded stud
above the nut, of at least 1x bolt diameter (*), is
required to facilitate easy fitment of the equipment
(see figure 1).
Assembly of the tensioners to the bolt is quick and
easy, provided of course that the bolts and nuts are
clean, lubricated and in good condition (see figures
2-5).
Hi-Force has considerable experience in providing
precise calculations of the correct bolt load to be
applied to ensure an accurate residual load is
imparted into the bolts, whether they be tightened
using a 100%, 50%, 33% or 25% simultaneous
tensioning procedure (see figures 6-9).
Please refer to page 105 -106 for further details on
the Hi-Force BoltRight software programme.
(*) Depending on the bolt size, sub-sea tensioners
(STU Range) may require an extra length of threaded
stud above the nut, up to 4.8 x the diameter.
Note: If 100% tensioning cannot be achieved by attaching all bolt
tensioners to one side of the flange, due to a lack of space, then
alternate the tensioners on opposite sides of the flange.
Figure 1
Figure 2 Figure 3
Figure 4 Figure 5
Figure 6 Figure 7
Figure 8 Figure 9
Bolt diameter
Min. 1 x
bolt dia-
meter
(*)
100%
Tensioning
50%
Tensioning
33%
Tensioning
25%
Tensioning
TIGHTENING SEQUENCE & BOLTING PROCEDURE FOR FLANGE BOLTS
184
N
Pressure
Bar x 14.5 PSI x 0.069 Bar
Bar x 14.5 lbf.in x 0.069 Bar
kPA x 0.145 PSI x 6.89 kPa
mPA x 145 PSI x .00689 mPa
Volume
cm x 0.061 inch x 16.4 cm
litre x 61 inch x 0.016 litre
litre x 0.22 gallon x 4.54 litre
m x 1.3 yard x 0.76 m
Area
mm x 0.00155 inch x 645 mm
cm x 0.155 inch x 6.45 cm
m x 10.8 foot x 0.0929 m
Length
mm x 0.03937 inch x 25.4 mm
cm x 0.3937 inch x 2.54 cm
m x 3.28 foot x 0.305 m
Force
N x 0.225 pound x 4.45 N
kN x 225 pound x 0.00445 kN
Torque
Nm x 0.738 lbf.ft x 1.356 Nm
Nm x 8.9 lbf.in x 0.113 Nm
kgf.m x 7.2345 lbf.ft x 0.1382 kgf.m
Mass
g x 0.035 ounce x 28.3 g
kg x 2.2046 pound x 0.4536 kg
t x 1.1 ton (short) x 0.907 t
Flow
cm/min x 0.61 inch/min x 16.4 cm/min
litres/min x .2642 gallon/min x 3.785 litres/min
Power
kw x 1.34 hp x 0.746 kw
kw x 0.948 Btu/s x 1.055 kw
w x 0.74 ft lb/s x 1.36 w
Temperature
To calculate Celsius to Fahrenheit : (C x 1.8) + 32 = F
To calculate Fahrenheit to Celsius : (F - 32) / 1.8 = C
SI Unit
System International
Conversion
Factor
Imperial
Equivalent
Conversion
Factor
SI Unit
System International
METRIC TO IMPERIAL CONVERSION CHART
185
N
Notes:
Use this chart as a guideline for the correct torque to be applied to standard size metric and imperial bolts in grades
8.8 (metric) and ASTM A193 grade B7 (imperial) or similar. The torque figures are calculated in both metric (Nm)
and imperial (lbf.ft) values using a choice of three commonly used bolt thread lubricants. Always consider the
coefficient of friction applicable for the chosen bolt lubricant. For grade 10.9 bolts add 47% and grade 12.9 bolts
add 72% to the figure detailed against the relevant 8.8 grade metric bolt size.
Remember these torque values are for guidance purposes only! Always check the equipment/bolt manufacturer for
the actual torque required and specified for bolted components within the particular equipment design.
1 = Bolt Material Grades 8.8 (Metric) and ASTM A193/BS4882 Grade B7 (Imperial) or similar
2 = AF size based on heavy series nuts
3 = Bolt tension equates to a bolt stress of 60% of the minimum yield strength
4 = Torque figures detailed are based on 60% of the minimum bolt yield stress
RECOMMENDED TORQUE VALUE CHART
Bolt
diameter
(see note1)
Nut
AF Size
(see note 2)
Bolt tension
(for grade 8.8)
(see note 3)
Torque value (for grade 8.8 bolt) for specified lubricant
Moly: f = 0.06
see note 4
Copper: f = 0.10
see note 4
Machine Oil: f = 0.15
see note 4
kN
M16
M20
M24
M27
M30
M33
M36
M39
M42
M45
M48
M52
M56
M60
M64
M68
M72
M76
M80
M90
M100
24
30
36
41
46
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
130
145
51
85
136
180
219
273
321
387
443
519
583
702
809
947
1071
1230
1400
1502
1603
2078
2614
(lbs.force)
13509
21197
30543
40417
49116
61453
72075
86874
99617
116703
131157
157758
181917
221649
240948
276631
314641
337437
360234
467173
587739
Nm
87
171
294
425
582
775
1005
1284
1601
1978
2405
3054
3817
4689
5664
6788
8050
9458
11020
15731
21660
lbf.ft
64
126
217
314
429
572
741
947
1181
1459
1774
2253
2815
3459
4178
5006
5937
6976
8128
11603
15975
Nm
133
259
447
653
890
1193
1541
1981
2463
3057
3708
4732
5907
7286
8786
10566
12570
14812
17305
24852
34389
lbf.ft
98
191
330
481
656
880
1137
1461
1817
2255
2735
3490
4357
5374
6480
7793
9271
10925
12763
18330
25364
Nm
189
370
638
937
1275
1716
2212
2853
3540
4406
5337
10532
6830
8519
12688
15289
18221
21505
25160
36253
50301
lbf.ft
140
273
470
691
940
1266
1632
2104
2611
3250
3936
5037
6283
7768
9358
11276
13439
15861
18557
26739
37100
Bolt
diameter
(see note1)
Nut
AF Size
(see note 2)
Bolt tension
(for grade ASTM A193 B7)
(see note 3)
82
171
282
422
586
780
1250
1655
2279
3003
57
115
224
349
501
680
1001
1381
1954
2628
kN
Torque value (for grade B7 bolt) for specified lubricant
Moly: f = 0.06
see note 4
Copper: f = 0.10
see note 4
Machine Oil: f = 0.15
see note 4
(lbs.force)
13044
18559
25830
38555
50247
63487
78271
94602
112479
131904
152874
175389
225061
280917
310296
372024
439349
512269
590785
674898
170
401
790
1370
2180
3256
6361
10988
17438
26015
99
270
574
1054
1744
2682
4638
8465
13966
21442
Nm lbf.ft
73
126
199
296
423
583
777
1011
1286
1608
1978
2402
3420
4692
6244
8104
10301
12862
15815
19188
Nm
149
259
411
611
882
1222
1640
2143
2739
3436
4243
5166
7393
10183
13597
17699
22551
28218
34761
42244
lbf.ft
110
191
303
451
650
901
1210
1581
2020
2535
3129
3810
5453
7510
10029
13054
16633
20812
25638
31157
Nm
211
369
587
874
1267
1762
2373
3109
3983
5007
6193
7552
10838
14960
20011
26088
33283
41692
51409
62529
lbf.ft
156
272
433
644
934
1300
1750
2293
2938
3693
4568
5570
7994
11034
14760
19241
24548
30750
37917
46119
ALL VALUES ARE BASED ON 60% OF THE BOLT YIELD STRESS
ALL VALUES ARE BASED ON 60% OF THE BOLT YIELD STRESS
3
4
/ 3
4
3
4
/ 5
1
8
/
6
1
2
/
3
3
8
/ 5
1
4
/
3 5
3
5
8
/
4
3
4
/ 2
1
4
/
4
1
2
/ 2
7
8
/ 3
1
4
/
2
1
2
/
3
2
1
8
/
3
7
8
/
1
15
16
/
2
3
4
/
1
3
4
/
2
5
8
/ 1
9
16
/
2
1
2
/
1
3
8
/
2
3
8
/
1
3
16
/
2
1
4
/
1 2
1
8
/ 1
13
16
/
1
1
5
8
/
1
7
8
/
7
16
/
1
3
4
/
1
4
/
1
5
8
/
1
16
/
1
O
186
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Hi-Force supplies comprehensive service kits,
containing all of the wear and tear parts necessary to
guarantee the correct performance and integrity of
your Hi-Force equipment. Always specify and order
genuine Hi-Force service kits and spare parts. Please
provide product serial number when ordering to ensure
correct parts are supplied. Complete spare parts
information including exploded view part sheets can be
found on our website : www.hi-force.com
REPLACEMENT BLADES
For model number Blade part no.
CT20 moving
CT40 moving
HCC46 Gr 80 static
HCC46 Gr 80 moving
HCC46 Gr 100 static
HCC46 Gr 100 moving
HCH40 moving
HCH120 moving
COMPREHENSIVE SERVICE KITS
For model number Service kit part no.
CT20-04
CT40-11
HCC46-11S
HCC46-11M
HCC46-11S100
HCC46-11M100
CT40-11
HCH120-01
AHP112
AHP114
AHP10
AHP26
AHP36
AHP58
AHP112TP2-K
AHP114TP2-K
AHP10TP1-K
AHP26TP1-K
AHP36TP1-K
AHP58TP1-K
AHP187
AHP275
AHP425
AHP2-036
AHP187TP1-K
AHP275TP1-K
AHP425TP1-K
AHP2-036TP1-K
AHP2-097
AHP2-144
AHP2-237
AHP275BTU
ATDP63
AHP2-097TP1-K
AHP2-144TP1-K
AHP2-237TP1-K
AHP275TP1-K
ATDP63TP1-K
ATDP216
BC18X
ATDP216TP1-K
BC18TP1-K
CH21
CH32
CH40
CH63
CH80
CH1000
CH21TP1-K
CH32TP1-K
CH40TP1-K
CH63TP1-K
CH80TP1-K
CH1000TP1-K
CT20
CT40
DNS404
HAP210
CT20TP1-K
CT40TP1-K
DNS404TP1-K
HEP207TP1-K
HAS306 HAS30TP1-K
HAS1006
HCC26
HCC34
HAS100TP1-K
HCC26TP1-K
HCC34TP1-K
HCC46
HCH40
HCC46TP1-K
HCH40TP1-K
HDA 152 tonnes
HDA 203 tonnes
HDA 326 tonnes
HDA150TP1-K
HDA200TP1-K
HDA300TP1-K
HEP12 HEP121TP1-K
Note: all service kits and spare parts detailed on pages 186 and 187 are latest model versions. Always check serial number of your
product when ordering parts to ensure correct Hi-Force part supply.
CH30 CH30TP1-K
DNS506 DNS506TP1-K
HMNS104
HMNS110
HMNS200
HWRC1115
HWRC1136
HWRC1145
HSWC28
HSWC44
NS104
NS110
NS206
NS215
NS104-B
NS110-B
NS200-B
HWRC1115-B
HWRC1136-B
HWRC1145-B
HSWC28-4
HSWC44-4
NS104-B
NS110-B
NS206-B
NS215-B
HWRC1125
HSWC19
NS200
HSWC19-4
NS200-B
HWRC1125-B
DNS506
DNS404
HCC26 Gr 80 static
HCC26 Gr 80 moving
HPS26 Gr 100 static
HCC26 Gr 100 moving
DNS404-B
HCC26-4S
HSS26-4M
HSS26-4S100
HSS26-4M100
DNS506-B
HCC34 Gr 80 static
HCC34 Gr 80 moving
HCC34 Gr 100 moving
HSS34-5S
HCC34-5M
HCC34-5M100
HCC34 Gr 100 static HCC34-5S100
AHP107 AHP107TP1-K
AHP2-060 AHP2-060TP1-K
ATDP125 ATDP125TP1-K
BC30 BC30TP1-K
BC40 BC40TP1-K
BC63 BC63TP1-K
HEP207 HEP207TP1-K
HEP310
HEP517
HFG 50 tonnes
HFG 109 tonnes
HFG 152 tonnes
HEP310TP1-K
HFG50TP1-K
HFG100TP1-K
HFG150TP1-K
HFG 203 tonnes HFG200TP1-K
HFG 326 tonnes
HFG 520 tonnes
HFL 50 tonnes
HFL 109 tonnes
HFL 152 tonnes
HFL 260 tonnes
HFG300TP1-K
HFG500TP1-K
HFL50TP1-K
HFL100TP1-K
HFL150TP1-K
HFL250TP1-K
HFL 520 tonnes
HHP50
HFL500TP1-K
HHP50TP1-K
HHP30 HHP30TP1-K
HFG 398 tonnes HFG400TP1-K
HEP103 HEP103TP1-K
HDA 520 tonnes HDA500TP1-K
HCH120 HCH120TP1-K
HAS506 HAS50TP1-K
HEP310TP1-K
CT40 static CT40-05
CT20 static CT20-05
HCH40 static CT40-05
HCH120 static HCH120-02
O
187
REPLACEMENT PARTS
HHR 33 tonnes
HHR 61 tonnes
HHR 102 tonnes
HHR 152 tonnes
HHR30TP1-K
HHR60TP1-K
HHR100TP1-K
HHR150TP1-K
HPP210
HPS 10 tonnes
HPS 20 tonnes
HEP207TP1-K
HPS10TP2-K
HPS20TP2-K
HPS 32 tonnes
HPS 50 tonnes
HPS30TP2-K
HPS50TP2-K
HPC 50 tonnes HPC50TP1-K
HPS 147 tonnes HPS150TP2-K
HPS 73 tonnes
HPS 109 tonnes
HPS75TP2-K
HPS100TP2-K
HWRC1145
TWH210N
TWH430N TWH430NTP2-K
HHR 247 tonnes HHR250TP2-K
HHS 11 tonnes
HHS 23 tonnes
HHS 33 tonnes
HHS10TP2-K
HHS20TP2-K
HHS30TP2-K
HKP10 HKP10HTP1-K
HLS 10 tonnes
HLS 20 tonnes
HLS 32 tonnes
HLS 50 tonnes
HLS10TP2-K
HLS20TP2-K
HLS30TP2-K
HLS50TP2-K
HMJ10 HSS10TP2-K
HMJ25
HMNS104
HMNS110
HMNS200
HSS25TP2-K
HMNS104TP1-K
HMNS110TP1-K
HMNS200TP1-K
HP110 HP110TP2-K
HP145
HP211
HP212
HP227
HP232
HP110TP2-K
HP212TP1-K
HP212TP1-K
HP227TP2-K
HP232TP1-K
HP227FP
HP227FPC
HP227FPTP2-K
HP227FPTP2-K
HSS 4.5 tonnes HSS5TP1-K
HSS 10 tonnes
HSS 14.5 tonnes
HSS10TP2-K
HSS15TP2-K
HSS 29 tonnes
HSS 50 tonnes
HSS 73 tonnes
HSS 109 tonnes
HSS30TP2-K
HSS50TP2-K
HSS75TP2-K
HSS100TP2-K
HSWC28 HSWC28TP1-K
HSWC44
HTWP3140P
HSWC44TP1-K
HTWP3140TP2-K
HTWP3141PA
HTWP3142PA
HTWP3141/2TP2-K
HTWP3141/2TP2-K
IW19P
IW25B
HWRC1145TP1-K
IW19PTP1-K
IW25BTP1-K
JAH 20 tonnes 122059
JAH 30 tonnes
JAH 60 tonnes
123059
126059
JAS 10 tonnes JAS10TP1-K
JCH13 JCH13TP1-K
JCH21 JCH21TP1-K
HVL 50 tonnes
HVL 104 tonnes
HVL50TP1-K
HVL100TP1-K
NS104
NS110
NS104TP1-K
NS110TP1-K
NS200
NS206
NS215
NS200TP1-K
NS206TP1-K
NS215TP1-K
SC18TP1-K
PMV3
PMV3
PMV4TP1-K
PMV4TP1-K
SC18X
SC21
SC30
SC40
SC21TP1-K
SC30TP1-K
SC60TP1-K SC60
SCP103 SCP103TP1-K
SCP203TP1-K
STS6
STS1 STS1LCTP1-K
STS2LCTP1-K STS2
STS3
STS4
STS3LCTP1-K
STS4LCTP1-K
STS5LCTP1-K
STU1 STU1LCTP1-K
STU2LCTP1-K
SJS10
SKP7TP1-K
STU5
STU6 STU6LCTP1-K
STU7LCTP1-K
TWH54N
TWH120NTP2-K
XHP1500
XHP2800
XHP1500TP1-K
XHP2800TP1-K
TWS370N TWS370NTP2-K
TWS45N TWS45NTP2-K
TWH27NTP2-K
JCS30 JCS30TP1-K
JSS1007
JSS207 JSS207TP1-K
JSS1007TP1-K
JSS327 JSS327TP1-K
JSS507 JSS507TP1-K
JSS55
JSS166
JSS55TP1-K
JSS166TP1-K
JSS35 JSS35TP1-K
JSS106 JSS106TP1-K
HHS 61 tonnes
HHS 102 tonnes
HHS60TP2-K
HHS100TP2-K
HLS 109 tonnes
HLS 147 tonnes
HLS100TP2-K
HLS150TP2-K
HVL 10 tonnes
HVL 20 tonnes
HVL 32 tonnes
HVL10TP1-K
HVL20TP1-K
HVL30TP1-K
HTWP2140P
HTWP2141AR
HTWP2142AR
HTWP2140P-K
HTWP2141/2-K
HTWP2141/2-K
SCP203
SCP303 SCP303TP1-K
SJS10TP1-K
HWRC1115
HWRC1125
HWRC1136
HWRC1115TP1-K
HWRC1125TP1-K
HWRC1136TP1-K
HP245
HP252
HP257
HP245TP1-K
HP252TP1-K
HP227TP2-K
HP232D
HP245D
HP252D
HP232DTP1-K
HP245TP1-K
HP252DTP1-K
STU2
STU3
STU4
STU3LCTP1-K
STU4LCTP1-K
STU5LCTP1-K
HSS 25 tonnes HSS25TP2-K
HSWC19 HSWC19TP1-K
PMV2 PMV2TP1-K
SC32
SC40TP1-K
SKP7
STS5
STS6LCTP1-K
IW13P IW13PTP1-K
IW38B IW38BTP1-K
STU7
TWH27N
TWH54NTP2-K
TWH120N
TWH210NTP2-K
HPC 10 tonnes
HPC 30 tonnes
HPC10TP1-K
HPC30TP1-K
JCS10
JCS20
JCS10TP1-K
JCS20TP1-K TWS17N TWS17NTP2-K
HPS 4.5 tonnes HPS5TP1-K
XHP1500BTU XHP1500TP1-K
SC32TP1-K
JS4 JS4TP1-K
188
O
Hi-Force Limited
Prospect Way
Daventry
Northants, NN11 8PL
United Kingdom
U.K. - Head Office :
Tel: +44 1327 301 000
Fax: +44 1327 706 555
Email: [email protected]
Hi-Force FZCO
Plot MO 0555
P.O. Box 17012,
Jebel Ali, Dubai
United Arab Emirates
U.A.E. - Regional Office :
Tel: +971 4 8150 600
Fax: +971 4 8876 526
Hi-Force Australia Pty. Ltd
Unit 2, 7 McCamey Avenue
Rockingham
WA 6168
Australia
Australia - Regional Office :
Tel: +61 8 9591 1288
Fax: +61 8 9591 1688
Hi-Force Caspian
3 Salyan Highway
20th Zone
Baku
Azerbaijan
Azerbaijan - Regional Office :
Tel: +994 12 447 4100
Fax: +994 12 447 4106
Hi-Force Hydraulics
Unit 24 / M-43
Mussaffah Industrial Area
P.O. Box 9722, Abu Dhabi
U.A.E. - Regional Office :
Tel: +971 2 551 3100
Fax: +971 2 551 3232
Brazil - Regional Office :
Hi-Force LKL
Rod. Amaral Peixoto, Km 165 - lote 40
Mar do Norte
Rio das Ostras - RJ
Cep 28890-000 Brazil
Tel: +55 2227 6011 09
Fax: +55 2227 6011 10
CONTACT DETAILS HI-FORCE OFFICES
189
O
Hi-Force Nederland BV
Oud Bonaventura Industrial Estate
Industriestraat 17
3291 CC Strijen
Netherlands
Tel: +31 78 6745488
Fax: +31 78 6747370
Hi-Force Hydraulics (Asia) S.B.
9, Jalan Pentadbir U1/30
Hicom-Glenmarie Industrial Park
40150 Shah Alam, Selangor
Malaysia
Tel: +603 5569 4209
Fax: +603 5569 4207
Hi-Force Hydraulics (Pty) Ltd
P.O. Box 50496
Randjesfontein 1683
Midrand
South Africa
Tel: +27 11 314 0555
Fax: +27 11 314 5797
CONTACT DETAILS HI-FORCE OFFICES
Hi-Force Hydraulic Equipment
(Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
828-C3 Da Kang Road
Baoshan district - Shanghai
200 435 China
China - Regional Office :
Tel: +86 21 6697 3010
Fax: +86 21 6697 3060
P.T. Hi-Force Indonesia
Cilandak Commercial Estate
Building Nr. 110, NEC
Jakarta Selatan
Indonesia
Indonesia - Regional Office :
Tel: +62 21 781 6860
Fax: +62 21 781 6861
Malaysia - Regional Office :
Netherlands - Regional Office :
South Africa - Regional Office :
www.hi-force.com
www.boltright.com www.toughlift.com
190
O
Auto centre puller kits
Air driven hydrotest pumps
Air driven tensioner pump
Chart recorder for AHP-CR pumps
Air driven hydrotest pumps, incl. chart
recorder
Replacement pen for AHP-CR pumps
Air driven single stage pumps
Air driven hydrotest pumps, medium flow
Air driven hydrotest pumps, medium flow
incl. chart recorder
Air driven hydrotest pumps, high flow
Air driven twin double acting hydrotest
pumps
Battery operated cable crimper tools
Torque & tensioner software
Battery Pack for BPP & BC
Battery powered hydraulic pump
Bending shoes for hydraulic pipe bender
Backup wrench holder
Backup wrench (imperial)
Backup wrench (metric)
Bed winch
Calibration services
Car cigarette lighter car charger unit
Optional die sets for CH, SC & BC range
Female couplers
Metal dust cap for CF
Cable crimping heads
Complete conversion kit for STS
Male couplers
Metal dust cap for CM
Complete coupler
Contact details for all Hi-Force offices
Testing and service contracts
Self-contained hydraulic cutters
Charger for BPP & BC
Double acting nut splitters
Extended reaction arms for TWS and
TWH
Filter/regulator/lubricator unit
Metal storage box for PCS50 to
PCS502
Giant bead breaker
Cylinder saddles
Cylinder saddles
Cylinder saddles
Air driven two stage pumps
Lightweight aluminium cylinders
Cylinder saddles
Black hose with coupler
Black hose with couplers
Red hose with couplers
Red hose with coupler
Chain cutters
Hydraulic cutter heads
Steel toe jack
Cylinder saddles
Double acting cylinders
Heavy duty manual torque multipliers
Electric driven mini pumps
Electric driven compact pumps
ACP
AHP
AHP-BTU
AHP-C
AHP-CR
AHP-PB
AHP11
AHP2
AHP2-CR
AHP3
ATDP
BC
BOLTRIGHT
BP
BPP
BS
BWH
BWI
BWM
BW
CALIBRATION
CCU
CD
CF
CFD
CH
CK
CM
CMD
CMF
CONTACTS
CONTRACTS
CT
CU
DNS
ERA
FRL
FSB
GTB
HA
HA-G
HA-T
HAP
HAS
HAT
HC
HC-C
HC-CR
HC-R
HCC
HCH
HCJ
HD
HDA
HDT
HEP1
HEP103
Page
Number
Page
Number
Model
Number
Model
Number Description Description
HEP2
HEP3
HEP5
HF
HFG
HFL
HFO
HFS
HFS-H
HFS-TK
HFV
HG
HG-G
HG1K
HG63K
HGA
HH
HH-R
HHP
HHR
HHS
HKP
HLS
HM
HM-C
HM-C-SU
HM-C-DU
HM-L
HMJ
HMNS
HP
HP-ALU
HP-D
HP-FP
HP-FPC
HPC
HPF
HPP
HPS
HPV
HRS
HSP
HSS
HSWC
HT
HTN
(imperial)
HTN
(metric)
HTP
HTP-GK
HTW
HTWH
HTWM
HTWP
HVB
118
110
103
116
111
116
45, 46
112
113
114
115
127
105-106
35, 128
35
145
82
82
82
147
163
35, 128
124, 126
& 127
54, 84
54
123,124
91,95
54, 84
54
54
188-189
164
130
35, 128
140
72, 79
86
24
157
25
25
25
47
16
25
50
50
51
51
134
129
60
25
20
67
36
37-38
Electric driven two stage pumps -
medium flow
Electric driven two stage pumps - high
flow
Electric driven two stage pumps - heavy
duty high flow
Fittings and adaptors
Single acting failsafe lock ring cylinders
Single acting failsafe lock ring cylinders -
low height
Premium grade hydraulic oil
Hydraulic flange spreader kits
Hydraulic flange spreaders
Hydraulic flange spreader twin-kits
Flow control valves
Pressure gauges
Pressure gauges
Gauge & gauge block kit
Gauge & gauge block kit
Gauge mounting blocks
Black hoses
Red Hoses
Hole puncher
Double acting hollow piston cylinders
Single acting hollow piston cylinders
Knock out puncher
Single acting low height cylinders
Manifolds
Controlled manifolds
4-way controlled manifold unit (single)
4-way controlled manifold unit (double)
Manifolds (extended parallel)
Steel machine lift jacks
Self-contained nut splitters
Manually operated pump (aluminium)
Manually operated pumps (for double
acting cylinders)
Foot operated pump
Foot operated pump with gauge
Single acting pull cylinders
Workshop presses
Petrol engine driven pumps
Single acting low height pad cylinders
Adjustable pressure relief valve
Reservoir for HTP pumps
Electric driven split flow pumps
Single acting multi-purpose cylinders
Self-contained hydraulic wire rope
cutters
Manual torque multipliers
Hydraulic tensioner nuts (imperial)
Hydraulic tensioner nuts (metric)
Manually operated hydrotest pumps
Pressure gauge kits for HTP
Manual torque wrenches
Torque hose sets including
couplers
4-way multi split block
Torque wrench pumps
Multi-position V-blocks
39
40
41
54
22
21
51
142
141
142
56
52
52
24
24
52
50
51
136
19
18
137
13
53
53, 56
53
53
53
61
139
29-31
30
30-31
33
33
17
146
48
12
56
109
43, 44
14, 15
132
65
101
102
108, 109
109
64
84
84
83
147
MODEL NUMBER INDEX
191
O
O
MODEL NUMBER INDEX
O
11
131
133
80
72
73
85
58
58
59
59
143
60
155
81
143
72
35, 128
74
24
138
161
23
145
68
120
119
55
55
55
55
42
42
54
69
157
149
160
162
186
150
149
55
55
55
55
91, 95
149
149
149
148
HVL
HWC
HWRC
IB
IH
IS
IW
JAH
JAS
JCH
JCS
JS
JSS
LLE
MB
MFS
MH
MP
MS
MSB
NS
On-Site
PCS
PB
PG
PKC
PKS
PMV
PMV-C
PMV-L
PMV-S
PPA-RF
PPA-WT
PPC
PT
PTB
RB
Rental
Repair
Parts
REX
RH
RMV
RMV-C
RMV-L
RMV-S
RS
RS
RSC
RSH
RSM
Single acting very low height
pancake cylinders
Hammer blow wire rope cutters
Double acting wire rope cutters
Imperial hexagon bushes
Imperial allen hex TWSN drive
Imperial impact sockets
Pneumatic impact wrenches
Aluminium jacks
Aluminium multi-purpose jacks
Hollow compact jacks
Compact jacks
Jaw spreader
Steel bottle jacks
Load lock extensions
Metric reducer bushes
Mechanical flange spreaders
Metric allen hex TWSN drive
Power supply for BPP & BC
Metric impact sockets
Metal storage box for PCS
Nut splitters
On-Site services
Pump and cylinder sets
Hydraulic Pipe Bender
Pistol grip pneumatic torque
multipliers
Comprehensive hydraulic puller
kits
Hydraulic 2 and 3 way puller kits
Directional control valve, pump
mounted
mounted
mounted, load holding feature
mounted, 24 V solenoid
Protective roll frame
Wheel trolley
Universal dust cap
Pneumatic torque multipliers
Combi bead breaker
Spacer bars (for RSC)
Rental services
Repair services
Replacement blades
Heavy duty skates with grooved
guide
Handles (for RSC)
Directional control valve, remote
mounted
mounted, closed centre
mounted, locking feature
mounted, 24V solenoid
Rotating socket (for STS)
Stabilisers (for RSC)
Multi-purpose skate kits
Heavy duty skates
Nylon multi-roller steerable skates
Page
Number Description
Model
No
RSS
RSX
RT
SC
SCP
SDC
Service Kits
SJS
SKP
SLE
SLT
SP
STFC
STMC
STN
STS (imperial)
STS (metric)
STS-B
STS-LC
STS-SR (imperial)
STS-SR (metric)
STU (imperial)
STU (metric)
TB
TL
TLB
TLF
TP
TS
TWH-N
TWH-NRH
TWS-N
WB
XHC
XHP
XHP-BTU
XHR
Multi-purpose skates
Heavy duty, twin roller skates
with grooved guide
Turn tables for RSC
Self-contained crimper tools
Self-contained hydraulic pullers
Square drive conversion kit
Replacement parts
Stepped jaw spreader
Knock out puncher
Slip lock extensions (for TL)
Slimline manual torque multiplier
Slimline pneumatic torque multiplier
Female tensioner coupler
Male tensioner coupler
Nipple
Tensioner components
ToughLift jacking systems
Load block sets (for TL)
Flat saddles (for TL)
Cylinder saddles
Hydraulic torque wrench -
hexagon drive
Ratchet heads for TWH-N
Hydraulic torque wrench -
square drive
Wooden box (for RSC)
Bolt tensioner hydraulic hoses
Manually operated ultra high pressure
pumps
Manually operated pump for bolt tensioners
Hose reel (for XHC high pressure hose)
149
150
149
125-126
118
79
186-187
144
137
155
66
69
104
104
104
88-89
92-93
91, 95
91, 95
96
97
99
100
91, 95
153
155
156
91, 95
25
75-76
77-78
70-71
149
104
32
103
104
Page
Number Description
Model
No
Cat. Ref. HF0112E
www.hi-force.com
www.hi-force.com
Your authorised distributor:
Hi-Force Caspian
Baku
Azerbaijan
Tel: +994 12 447 4100
Hi-Force Hydraulics (Asia) S.B.
Selangor
Malaysia
Tel: +603 5569 4209
P.T. Hi-Force Indonesia
Jakarta Selatan
Indonesia
Tel: +62 21 781 6860
Hi-Force Hydraulics (Pty) Ltd
Midrand
South Africa
Tel: +27 11 314 0555
Hi-Force FZCO
Dubai
Tel: +971 4 815 0600
Hi-Force Hydraulics
Abu Dhabi
Tel: +971 2 551 3100
Hi-Force Australia Pty. Ltd
Rockingham
Australia
Tel: +61 8 9591 1288
Hi-Force LKL
Rio das Ostras - RJ
Brazil
Tel: +55 2227 6011 09
Hi-Force Nederland BV
Strijen
Netherlands
Tel: +31 78 6745488
Hi-Force Hydraulic Equipment
(Shanghai) Ltd. Co.
Shanghai, China
Tel: +86 21 6697 3010
UK Head Office:
Hi-Force Regional Offices:
Hi-Force Limited
Prospect Way, Daventry, Northants, NN11 8PL, United Kingdom
Tel: +44 1327 301 000 - Fax: +44 1327 706 555
[email protected]

Global Brand Local Service

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Global Brand Local Service

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Global Brand Local Service

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Jacks - Pumps - Cutters - Presses - Cylinders - Puller kits - Spreaders - Pipe benders

Torque tools - Bolt tensioners - Nut splitters - Hole punchers

HTW - MANUAL TORQUE WRENCHES

The versatility of the STS-SR bolt tensioner range,

You might also like